Theoretical syntax, 1980-1990: an annotated and classified bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

THEORETICAL SYNTAX 1980-1990 AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE General Editor E.F. KO...

Author: Rosemarie Ostler

102 downloads 581 Views 6MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

THEORETICAL SYNTAX 1980-1990

AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE General Editor E.F. KONRAD KOERNER (University of Ottawa)

Series V LIBRARY & INFORMATION SOURCES IN LINGUISTICS

Advisory Editorial Board Mohammed H. Bakalla (Riyadh); Jivco Boyadjiev (Sofia) Frank Di Trolio (Gainesville, Fla.); Leszek M. Karpinski (Vancouver, B.C.) Salvatore C. Sgroi (Catania); Joseph L. Subbiondo (Stockton, Calif.) Matsuji Tajima (Fukuoka, Japan)

Volume 21 Rosemarie Ostler Theoretical Syntax 1980-1990 An Annotated and Classified Bibliography

THEORETICAL SYNTAX 1980-1990 An Annotated and Classified Bibliography

ROSEMARIE OSTLER

JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING COMPANY AMSTERDAM/PHILADELPHIA 1992

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Ostler, Rosemarie. Theoretical syntax 1980-1990 : an annotated and classified bibliography / Rosemarie Ostler. p. cm. - (Amsterdam studies in the theory and history of linguistic science. Series V, Library & information sources in linguistics, ISSN 0165-7267; v. 21) Includes bibliographical references and indexes. 1. Grammar, Comparative and general — Syntax - Bibliography. I. Title. II. Series: Amsterdam studies in the theory and history of linguistic science. Series V, Library and information sources in linguistics ; v. 21. Z7004.S94O88 1991 [P291] 016.415 - d c 2 0 91-42086 ISBN 90 272 3747 6 (Eur.) / 1-55619-251-7 (US) (alk. paper) CIP ® Copyright 1992 - John Benjamins B.V. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means, without written permission from the publisher.

PREFACE

This bibliography is intended both for practicing scholars who are interested in the recent progress of theoretical syntax or a subfield within it and for students who are approaching the topic for the first time. I have tried to represent most of the major and some of the minor trends that have evolved during the past decade. However, I have made no attempt to be comprehensive. Works were included if there was evidence of a theoretical approach. Those primarily concerned with the collection and arrangement of data were excluded. Although I have included book titles from all available sources, I limited my selection of periodical articles to fourteen journals which I consider to be influential, widely available, and often cited: Language, Lingua, Linguistic Analysis, Linguistic Inquiry, Linguistics, Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, The Journal of Linguistics, The Linguistic Review, Studies in Language, Theoretical Linguistics, Linguistics and Philosophy, The Canadian Journal of Linguistics, Linguistische Berichte, and Lingvisticae Investigationes. In general, my goal has been to offer books and articles that are reasonably accessible not only to professional syntacticians but also to students and to researchers in other fields. For this reason, I have excluded unpublished dissertations and working papers. I have also limited the bibliography to books and articles in English. Since virtually every book has a bibliography and an index, I have not mentioned these features in the annotations unless they are missing or arranged in an unusual way. A large majority of books and articles are written using English examples. I have not included these under the heading "Syntax of Specific Languages" unless the analysis is overtly concerned with English.

VI

PREFACE

To make the information more accessible, I have included author, topic, and language indexes. I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of Literature and Language of the New York Public Library for their support and encouragement while I was working on this project, and especially Louis Parascandola for his comments on parts of the draft. Thanks are also due to Joseph Emonds for his helpful suggestions and comments, and to Konrad Koerner, the series editor, and an unnamed reviewer for their good advice at different stages in the preparation of the bibliography.

Eugene, Oregon August 1991

Rosemarie Ostler

CONTENTS

Preface

V

I.

Introductions to Syntax

1

II.

General Studies

5

III. The Morphology/Phonology Interface

81

IV. Semantics and Syntax

86

V.

94

Historical Syntax

VI. Syntactic Universals and Typology

97

VII. The Acquisition of Syntax

101

VIII. Computational and Mathematical Syntax

107

IX. Stylistics and Discourse Analysis

110

X.

114 114 114 117 118 122 128

The Syntax of Specific Languages Arabic Chinese Dutch English French German

VIII

CONTENTS

Germanic Languages Greek Hebrew Hindi and Related Languages Hungarian Irish Italian Japanese Native American Languages Polish Portuguese Romance Languages Russian Spanish Swedish and Related Languages Welsh Other Languages

130 131 133 134 137 138 140 142 146 150 151 152 154 155 158 160 162

Author Index

174

Topic Index

183

Language Index

190

I. Introductions to Syntax

1. Blake, Barry J. Relational Grammar. London: Routledge, 1990. xiv, 198 pp. Written for practicing linguists rather than beginning students. Chapters cover basic principles of relational grammar, clause internal relations, reflexives, passives, clause union, multinode networks, active and ergative language types, and a comparison of relational grammar with other theories.

2. Gazdar, Gerald [et al.] Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar. Oxford: Basil Blackwell; Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press, 1985. xii, 276 pp. Presents in orderly format a complete overview of the theory of generalized phrase structure grammar, which relies on recursive phrase structure rules rather than on transformations to generate grammatical sentences. Chapters present and argue for each aspect of the theory—syntactic features, metarules, universal feature instantiation principles, and principles of semantic interpretation. Offers an analysis of English in support of the theory.

3. Givón, Talmy. Syntax: A Functional-Typological Introduction. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1984-1990. 2 vols., 1017 pp. A presentation of the author's theory of grammar, incorporating typological and functional approaches and emphasizing language in the larger context of human physical and cultural development. Meant to be read by beginning students as well as advanced linguists. Chapters 1 and 2 outline the philosophical background and methodology. Remaining nine chapters of Volume I deal with different aspects of the grammar, including word classes, word order, case marking, syntactic organization, propositional semantics, and pragmatics. Volume II addresses complex clauses and includes chapters on complex NPs, verbal complements, relative clauses, focus, topics, speech acts and discourse, as well as chapters on the

2

INTRODUCTIONS TO SYNTAX cognitive and biological bases of language. Several non-Indo-European languages (mostly Native American) are discussed.

4. Halliday, M[ichael] Alexander] K[irkwood]. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. London: Edward Arnold, 1985. xxxv, 387 pp. An account of English grammar in a systemic functional framework, which the author defines as a type of grammar that interprets linguistic form through its meaning. An introduction outlines basic concepts. Part I deals with constituent structure, examining written text and poetry. Part II is concerned with structural units other than the clause, such as phrases and nominal or verbal groups. No index or references, but a bibliography at the end.

5. Horn, George M. Lexical-Functional Grammar. Berlin & New York: Mouton, 1983. viii, 394 pp. Outlines author's model of a lexical-functional grammar and compares it to models of grammar proposed by Chomsky and Bresnan. His model consists of a lexical component, including lexical transformations, a syntactic component, and a functional component. Analyzes in detail some aspects of English and Polish.

6. Horrocks, Geoffrey. Generative Grammar. London: Longman, 1987. x, 339 pp. Covers developments over the past several years in Chomskyan theory, generalized phrase structure grammar, and lexical-functional grammar. An initial chapter discusses the goals of generative theory, and a final chapter compares the three models. Assumes basic knowledge of generative syntax.

7. Johnson, David E. & Paul M. Postal. Arc Pair Grammar. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press, 1980. xii, 740 pp. An introduction to the theoretical framework of arc pair grammar, which is based on relational grammar and is seen as an alternative to generative transformational theories. Primitives of the theory are explained in detail with examples from various languages but mostly English.

8. Lasnik, Howard & Juan Uriagereka. A Course in GB Syntax: Lectures on Binding and Empty Categories. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1988. xii, 178 pp. Developed from lecture notes to a course in syntax at the University of Connecticut and intended as a 'reader's companion' to some recent developments in

THEORETICAL SYNTAX, 1980-1990

3

government-binding theory. Assumes some familiarity with the basics of recent syntactic theory. Overview of the modular model of grammar, followed by chapters on aspects of the binding theory and empty categories.

9. Matthews, P[eter] H[ugoe] Syntax. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981. xix, 306 pp. A beginning student's introduction to the basic concepts of syntax, including constituency, dependency, coordination, and different types of sentence structures. Introduces the notions of generative grammars and transformations. Bibliographic survey after each chapter.

10. Moravcsik, Edith A. & Jessica Wirth. Current Approaches to Syntax. (Syntax and Semantics, 13). New York: Academic Press, 1980. xv, 403 pp. Twelve chapters, each outlining the salient points of one theory of grammar, followed by two chapters summarizing and assessing those theories. Covers Montague grammar, functional grammar, tagmemics, corepresentational grammar, functional syntax, trace theory, epiphenomenal grammar, relational grammar, daughter dependency grammar, and role and reference grammar.

11. Pike, Kenneth L. Linguistic Concepts: An Introduction to Tagmemics. Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska Press, 1982. xvi, 146 pp. A general introduction to the theory of tagmemics, which describes the speakers as separating the world, including language, into a series of chunks, or 'particles', which then merge into a series of waves. A third perspective is that of 'field', in which properties of experience are clustered into patterns. Discusses these concepts and the other basic notions of tagmemics in detail.

12. Pollard, Carl & Ivan A. Sag. Information-Based Syntax and Semantics. Volume I: Fundamentals. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 1987. 233 pp. Outlines the theory of head-driven phrase structure grammar, concentrating on the development of an exact mathematical formalism. Topics include subcategorization, constituent order, lexical rules, and semantic interpretation. Chapters end with suggestions for further reading.

4

INTRODUCTIONS TO SYNTAX

13. Radford, Andrew. Transformational Grammar: A First Course. Cambridge & New York : Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988. xii, 625 pp. Intended for the beginning syntax student as an introduction to current work in transformational grammar, taking into account major work done since the inception of government-binding theory. The first chapters discuss general concepts such as phrase structure and the lexicon. Later chapters concentrate on movement rules. Exercises at the end of each chapter.

14. Radford, Andrew. Transformational Syntax: A Student's Guide to Chomsky's Extended Standard Theory. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981. ix, 402 pp. An introductory textbook covering Chomskyan syntax approximately from Aspects of the Theory of Syntax (1965) to "On Binding" (1980). Concentrates primarily on Xbar syntax and transformations, with a final chapter on binding. Each chapter ends with exercises and suggestions for further reading.

15. Riemsdijk, Henk van & Edwin Williams. Introduction to the Theory of Grammar. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1986. xvi, 366 pp. Introduces current Chomskyan syntactic theory beginning with 'Conditions on Transformations" (1973) and continuing through the most recent developments of government-binding theory in the areas of binding, 6-theory, case theory, and logical form, among other topics. No exercises, but chapters end with Bibliographical Comments.

16. Sells, Peter. Lectures on Contemporary Syntactic Theories: An Introduction to Government-Binding Theory, Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar, and Lexical-Functional Grammar. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 1985. 214 pp. Developed from the notes to a series of lectures given by author at the University of California-Santa Cruz. Attempts to present the most important aspects of each of the theories mentioned in the title, concentrating on their purely syntactic features. An introductory background chapter discusses basic concepts of syntax shared by the three theories. Each theory is then covered in a separate chapter. Thomas Wasow presents an overview of the book in a Postscript.

IL General Studies

17. Abbott, Barbara. "Isomorphic Structure Preservation". Linguistic Analysis 10.119-130 (Sep. 1982). Compares Emonds's earlier (1970) and later (1976) formulations of structure preservation. Points out the consequences of the difference between the two for different types of rules.

18. Abraham, Werner & Sjaak de Meij, eds. Topic, Focus & Configurationality. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1986. 350 pp. Collected papers from the Sixth Groningen Grammar Talks. Fifteen papers and an introduction, addressing issues of word order, topic, and focus in Hungarian and German. Introduction explains the aim of the conference—to pursue investigation of language universals through a careful comparison of two typologically different languages—and provides background discussion of the notions of topic and focus. Papers are generally written from an extended standard theory point of view.

19. Allen, W[illiam] Sidney. "On Certain Case Constraints and Their Interpretation". Lingua 63.1-15 (May 1984). Discusses an article by Saksena (1983) regarding constraints on case cooccurence in Hindi. Argues that study of a wider range of data suggests an analysis involving syncretism at deep and surface structure levels.

20. Allerton, D. J. "Three (or Four) Levels of Word Cooccurrence Restriction". Lingua 63.17-40 (May 1984). Makes the claim that there are cooccurrence restrictions at the syntactic, semantic, locutional, and possibly pragmatic levels. The locutional level accounts for arbitrary limits on prepositions and verbs in their non-literal uses.

6

GENERAL STUDIES

21. Amritavalli, R. "Expressing Cross-categorial Selectional Correspondences: An alternative to the X' syntax approach". Linguistic Analysis 6.305-343 (Aug. 1980). Offers evidence that subcategorizational correspondences between S and NP cannot be adequately expressed in terms of X-bar syntax. Argues for a theory of subcategorizational correspondences based on thematic functions.

22. Anderson, John. "On the Status of Auxiliaries in Notional Grammar". Journal of Linguistics 26.341-362 (Sep. 1990). Investigates the consequences of analyzing auxiliaries in a notional grammar, which organizes syntactic classes according to the denotata of prototypical members.

23. Anderson, John. "Structural Analogy and Case Grammar". Lingua 70.79-129 (Nov. 1986). Proposes a principle of structural analogy which disallows structural properties that are unique to one level of the grammar except in very limited circumstances. The case grammar hypothesis is explored assuming structural analogy.

24. Anderson, Mona. "Prenominal Genitive NPs". The Linguistic Review 3.1-24 (Sep. 1983). Attempts to reconcile variations in the thematic relationship of English genitive NPs to their heads with principles of government-binding theory. Claims three separate syntactic sources for prenominal genitives.

25. Aoun, Youssef. Generalized Binding: The Syntax and Logical Form of Wh-Interrogatives. Dordrecht & Riverton, N.J.: Foris, 1986. xvii, 173 pp. Compares three language types—those like English, where syntactic wh -fronting is required, those like Chinese, where it is prohibited, and those like French, where it is optional. Develops a unified account of cross-linguistic variation, using principles of government-binding theory.

26. Aoun, Joseph. A Grammar of Anaphora. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1985. vii, 190 pp.


7

Based partially on the author's dissertation. Assumes the government-binding framework proposed by Chomsky, concentrating on binding theory. Proposes a new analysis of anaphora which necessitates some reformulation of the binding principles, and supports the analysis with evidence from Italian, French and English.

27. Aoun, J[oseph] & D[ominique] Sportiche. "On the Formal Theory of Government". The Linguistic Review 2.211-236 (March 1983). Motivates a particular formalization of the notion of government. Discusses implications of this definition of government for other modules of the grammar.

28. Aoun, Joseph [et al] "Two Types of Locality". Linguistic Inquiry 18.537-577 (Fall 1987). Working in government-binding theory, authors argue that the two levels of phonetic form and logical form should be subject to two distinct types of wellformedness conditions.

29. Bach, Emmon. "In Defense of Passive". Linguistische Berichte 70.3846 (1980). Presents a defense of passive as a free transformational rule.

30. Bach, Emmon. "On the Relationship Between Word-grammar and Phrase-grammar". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.65-89 (1983). Working in a categorial grammar framework, author explores the nature of the relationship between the domains of word-grammar and phrase-grammar. Argues that each domain includes syntax, phonology, and semantics.

31. Baker, Mark C. "Object Sharing and Projection in Serial Verb Constructions". Linguistic Inquiry 20.513-553 (Fall 1989). Examines serial verbs in Kwa languages and Caribbean creoles. Argues that doubly headed VPs are allowed in some languages. This makes possible a governmentbinding account of these verbs consistent with the Projection Principle and 0-theory.

32. Baker, Mark, Kyle Johnson, & Ian Roberts. "Passive Arguments Raised". Linguistic Inquiry 20.219-251 (Spring 1989).

8

GENERAL STUDIES Develops the claim that the passive morpheme is an argument. Authors support this hypothesis using principles of government-binding theory.

33. Baltin, Mark R. "Do Antecedent-contained Deletions Exist?" Linguistic Inquiry 18.579-595 (Fall 1987). Examines the phenomenon of antecedent-contained deletion, which apparently allows a null element to be contained within an identical element. Presents evidence that such a deletion process does not exist. Discusses the implications for syntactic theory.

34. Baltin, Mark R. "A Landing Site Theory of Movement Rules". Linguistic Inquiry 13.1-38 (Winter 1982). Argues that 'move α' is too general a statement of movement rules. Proposes that three types of movement rules exist, defined by the potential landing site of the moved category.

35. Barker, Chris & Geoffrey K. Pullum. "A Theory of Command Relations". Linguistics and Philosophy 13.1-34 (Feb. 1990). Presents a formal treatment of command'relations. Describes command relations as insensitive to precedence, bounded, descendent, and embeddable.

36. Battistella, Ed. "More about Hope and Hope for". Linguistic Analysis 13.173-182 (1984). Focuses on conditions of English pseudocleft formation. Previous syntactic accounts are shown to be inadequate. Proposes an interpretive approach.

37. Battistella, Edwin. "Some Remarks on Have-raisingvs. Havesupport". Lingua 72.211-224 (July 1987). Argues that have-raising is preferable to have-support in an analysis of the have got construction, and moreover, that a hypothesis of a child's grammar is possible such that have-raising is an overall simplification.

38. Bell, Sarah J. "Comparative Restrictiveness of Relational Grammar and Lexical Syntax". Lingua 55.1-39 (Sep. 1981).


9

Compares relational grammar and lexical-functional grammar, concluding that the latter is the stronger theory. Uses facts from Cebuano and Italian for purposes of comparison and argument.

39. Belletti, Adriana. "The Case of Unaccusatives". Linguistic Inquiry 19.1-34 (Winter 1988). Hypothesizes that unaccusative verbs can assign partitive case to their objects even though they cannot assign accusative case. Claims that partitive is an inherent rather than a structural case. Discusses the consequences for expletive there sentences and other aspects of the grammar.

40. Benson, James D., Michael J. Cummings, & William S.Greaves, eds. Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1988 x, 452 pp. Thirteen papers dealing with various aspects of systemic grammar. Includes intonation, semantics, discourse, and semiotics, as well as syntax.

41. Bever, Thomas G. & Brian McElree. "Empty Categories Access Their Antecedents During Comprehension". Linguistic Inquiry 19.3543 (Winter 1988). Authors describe a set of experiments which appear to provide evidence that traces of movement access their antecedents more strongly than empty pronominals (PRO) do. Raising and passive are among transformational operations discussed.

42. Binkert, Peter J. Generative Grammar Without Transformations. Berlin & New York: Mouton, 1984. viii, 239 pp. Outlines a theory of 'residential' generative grammar which generates all structures in their surface positions through phrase structure rules. Syntactic categories are divided into verbs and adjuncts. Argues that if syntactic categories are very general, it becomes clear that many transformations are unnecessary.

43. Böhm, Roger. "On Causing Without a Subject". Lingua 53.3-31 (Jan. 1981). Discusses work on causatives in relational grammar which has led to the proposal of a hierarchy of grammatical relations. Argues that a theory which uses grammatical relations as primitives cannot account for the full range of syntactic possibilities with

10

GENERAL STUDIES respect to causatives. Proposes instead an analysis in the framework of localist case grammar.

44. Bordelois, Ivonne A. "Transparency". Linguistic Analysis 9.161-203 (April 1982). Considers how notions of case are relevant in allowing grammatical operations to relate elements across the boundaries of a tenseless clause. Operations discussed include clitic movement, quantifier movement, reflexivization, raising, and control.

45. Borer, Hagit "I-subjects". Linguistic Inquiry 17.375-416 (Summer 1986). Addresses a number of issues connected with the nature of subjects. Proposes a rule of coindexing between NP and INFL and discusses the implications for different subsystems of the grammar, including case and binding.

46. Borer, Hagit, ed. The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics. (Syntax and Semantics, 19). Orlando, Fla.: Academic Press, 1986. 380 pp. Thirteen articles plus an introduction by Borer. The papers approach clitics as unusual phenomena which operate in both the syntactic and the morphological components. As such, they can potentially shed light on the interaction between these two parts of the grammar. The syntactic structure of clitics, the lexical properties of clitics, and subject clitics are major topics. Includes discussion of a variety of languages. Papers are written in the extended standard theory, especially the government-binding model

47. Borsley, Robert D. "Phrase Structure Grammar and the Barriers Conception of Clause Structure". Linguistics 27.843-864 (1989). Incorporates Chomsky's notion of extending X-bar theory to the categories of INFL and COMP into a version of generalized phrase structure grammar.

48. Borsley, Robert D. & George M. Horn. "On 'On Binding'". Linguistics 19.1133-1164 (1981).


11

Argues that the conditions on logical form proposed in Chomsky's "On Binding" (1980) are not natural conditions, and can account only for a limited range of data. Suggests that a more concrete model of grammar would have greater explanatory adequacy.

49. Bouchard, Denis. On the Content of Empty Categories. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1984. vi, 217 pp. A revision of the author's dissertation. Central proposal is that no stated principle of the grammar has to refer specifically to empty categories. Working in the government-binding theory, Bouchard formulates a Principal of Lexicalization which requires lexical NPs to have person, number, gender, and case features. Uses several different types of sentence constructions to argue in support of his claims.

50. Bouma, Gosse. "Modifiers and Specifiers in Categorial Unification Grammar". Linguistics 26.21-46 (1988). Compares the treatment of specifiers and modifiers in a unification-based grammar with the predictions made for specifier and modifier distribution in X-bar grammar. Proposes the notion of partially specified categories to account for some puzzling features of specifier and modifier placement.

51. Bowers, John S. The Theory of Grammatical Relations. Ithaca: Cornell Univ. Press, 1981. 288 pp. Argues that the classical theory of transformations is descriptively and explanatorily inadequate and should be replaced with 'co-occurrence transformations', based on Emonds's work concerning the Structure Preserving Hypothesis (1976). Reviews Chomsky's definition of transformations and the arguments against it. Discusses a variety of NP-movement rules. Also includes chapters on VP and infinitival complements and topicalization processes.

52. Brame, Michael K. "Bound Anaphora Is Not a Relation Between NPs: Evidence for local word grammar (without trees)". Linguistic Analysis 11.139-166 (March 1983). Claims that an anaphor and the function word that selects it are in a local relationship. Alternatively, the anaphor is in a local relation with the predicate. Local analysis obviates the need for phrase structure trees and empty elements.

12

GENERAL STUDIES

53. Brame, Michael K. "The General Theory of Binding and Fusion". Linguistic Analysis 7.277-325 (March 1981). Argues that predication, control, operator binding, bound anaphora, and subjectverb agreement are all instances of binding. Hypothesizes that binding takes place as a result of lexical composition.

54. Brame, Michael K. "hope". Linguistic Analysis 6.247-259 (Aug. 1980). Discusses Chomsky and Lasnik's (1977) treatment of hope for-type sentences. Proposes a lexical alternative analysis.

55. Brame, Michael K. "Recursive Categorical Syntax and Morphology I: Semigroups, monoids, and categories". Linguistic Analysis 14.265287 (1984). Views the syntax of natural language as an algebra. Outlines a model in which a set of recursive functions applied to a primitive lexicon generates an infinite set of grammatical phrases.

56. Brame, Michael K. "Recursive Categorical Syntax II: n-arity and variable continuation". Linguistic Analysis 15.137-176 (1985). Develops theory outlined in part I, discussing means of generating VP and S complements, passives, questions, relatives, and unbounded dependencies.

57. Brame, Michael K. "Recursive Categorical Syntax III: d-words, /words and Æ-induction". Linguistic Analysis 17.147-185 (1987). Describes the mechanisms for placing arguments to the left or to the right of operator words. Discusses questions, auxiliaries, not, verbal complements, so, and too.

58. Brame, Michael K. "Universal Word Induction vs. Move a". Linguistic Analysis 14313-352 (1984). Argues against a level of abstract syntactic representation and the operation of movement rules, specifically discussing problems posed by idioms. Supports a lexical model in which an infinite lexicon is induced from a primitive lexicon by means of recursive rules.


13

59. Breivik, Leiv Egil. "On the Interpretation of Existential There. Language 57.1-25 (March 1981). Argues against Lyons's hypothesis that existential there derives synchronically from a postulated locative adverbial. Proposes an analysis in which there has been historically reanalyzed, both semantically and syntactically.

60. Breman, Klaus von. "Anaphors: Reference, binding, and domains". Linguistic Analysis 14.191-229 (1984). Argues that the government-binding approach to anaphora is inappropriate, partly because it is based on English, a marked case. Claims that the notion of governing category is not relevant to anaphora.

61. Bresnan, Joan. "Control and Complementation". Linguistic Inquiry 13.343-434 (Summer 1982). Outlines in detail a theory of control and complementation based on the lexicalfunctional theory of grammar. Argues that conditions on government and control are properly stated in terms of functional structures rather than constituent structures.

62. Bresnan, Joan, ed. The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1982. lii, 874 pp. A collection of twelve papers concerned with grammars that have psychological reality in that they correspond with the speaker's internal grammar. Papers assume the lexical-functional theory of grammar proposed by Bresnan, in which there are lexical rules but no transformational component. The book includes a paper by Ronald Kaplan and Joan Bresnan presenting the formalism of lexical-functional grammar based on the lexical model developed in Bresnan's earlier work.

63. Brody, Michael. "On Contextual Definitions and the Role of Chains". Linguistic Inquiry 15.355-380 (Summer 1984). Examines the contextual definitions of empty categories proposed in Lectures on Government and Binding. Argues that the effects of these definitions follow from other principles of the grammar and are redundant.

14

GENERAL STUDIES

64. Brody, Michael. "On the Complementary Distribution of Empty Categories". Linguistic Inquiry 16.505-546 (Fall 1985). Argues that empty categories in the launching sites of movement rules are in complementary distribution with empty categories that can be given an indefinite ('for someone') interpretation. This fact can be explained in terms of government.

65. Brömser, B[ernd]. "Towards a Functional Description of Cleft Constructions". Lingua 62.325-348 (April 1985). An unformalized attempt to integrate functional and textual aspects into the syntactic description of clefts.

66. Garden, Guy. "Backwards Anaphora in a Discourse Context". Journal of Linguistics 18.361-387 (Sep. 1982). Discusses structures in which an anaphor appears to the left of its antecedent in a sentence. Extends the Backwards Pronominalization Rule to discourse situations.

67. Chomsky, Noam. Barriers. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1986. 102 pp. Further exploration of the theories of government and of syntactic boundaries. Chomsky argues that certain categories are barriers to government and to movement, and that these barriers can be treated in a unified way. Reevaluates and reformulates principles of government and subjacency outlined in Lectures on Government and Binding. Section on parasitic gaps analyzes them as variables bound by an empty operator.

68. Chomsky, Noam. Lectures on Government and Binding. Dordrecht: Foris, 1981. ix, 371 pp. Building on his own and other work begun in the late 1970s, and based especially on his series of "Pisa Lectures" in 1979, Chomsky proposes a detailed version of a modular theory of grammar. This theory posits several distinct modules, each with its own laws, which interact according to general principles of the grammar. Differences between languages are not expressed in terms of language-specific rules, but are explained by the interaction of the modules along different parameters. Examples mostly from English and the Romance languages.


15

69. Chomsky, Noam. "On Binding". Linguistic Inquiry 11.1-46 (Winter 1980). Addresses some problems of the extended standard theory. Focuses on rules of interpretation, particularly of wh -movements. Outlines principles of case assignment, government, and binding of anaphora.

70. Chomsky, Noam. "On the Representation of Form and Function". The Linguistic Review 1.3-40 (Jan. 1981). Discusses the shift away from the study of language to the study of the grammar as represented in the mind. Addresses the question of how we may expect the grammar to be mentally represented. Outlines some features of the modules posited in Lectures on Government and Binding.

71. Chomsky, Noam. Some Concepts and Consequences of the Theory of Government and Binding. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1982. 110 pp. A short work which applies the model developed in Lectures on Government and Binding to certain empirical questions concerning empty categories. A large part of the book is devoted to applying principles of government-binding theory to an analysis of the phenomenon of parasitic gaps. A functional definition of empty categories is outlined.

72. Cinque, Guglielmo. "Ergative Adjectives and the Lexicalist Hypothesis". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.1-39 (Feb. 1990). Argues that a class of ergative adjectives should be recognized, parallel to ergative verbs. Claims that seeming inconsistencies are a consequence of the morphological derivation of the adjective. Uses principles of binding and X-bar theory.

73. Cinque, Guglielmo. "On the Theory of Relative Clauses and Markedness". The Linguistic Review 1.247-294 (March 1982). Compares the relativization systems of Italian, French, and English, arguing that they may be analyzed in a unified way if a few differences in parametric choices are allowed for. Works in government-binding theory.

16

GENERAL STUDIES

74. Cinque, Guglielmo. Types of A'-Dependencies. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1990. xvi, 248 pp. Proposes four major types of A'-dependencies, based on their behavior with respect to island constraints. Distinguishes between long and successive-cyclic whmovement. Data from the Romance languages.

75. Clements, George N. [et al.] "String-vacuous Rule Application". Linguistic Inquiry 14.1-18 (Winter 1983). Using data from Icelandic, Kikuyu, and Irish, authors argue that string-vacuous rule application must be allowable in grammatical theories.

76. Clyne, Michael. "Constraints on Code-switching: How universal are they?" Linguistics 25.739-764 (1987). Studies a corpus of data from German-English and Dutch-English bilinguals to determine whether underlying theoretical assumptions with respect to code switching are justified. Examines structural integrity, free morpheme, government, and semantic constraints, and the notion of 'matrix language'.

77. Cole, Peter. "The Structure of Internally Headed Relative Clauses". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5277-302 (May 1987). Investigates the clause type in various languages which appears to contain a head in a position internal to its relative clause. Argues that these clauses in fact have phonologically null external heads at deep and surface structure, and lexical heads at logical form. Uses government-binding theory,

78. Cole, Peter, Gabriella Hermon, & Li-May Sung. 'Principles and Parameters of Long-Distance Reflexives". Linguistic Inquiry 21.1-22 (Winter 1990). Authors consider the fact that English reflexives must be locally bound while Chinese reflexives may have an antecedent in a higher clause. They claim that apparently unbounded dependencies between Chinese reflexives and their antecedents are in fact covertly bounded in a situation parallel to that of wh -phrases and their extraction sites.


17

79. Contreras. Heles. "Small Clauses in Spanish and English". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.225-243 (May 1987). Deals with sentences of the type I consider the matter clear, arguing that the NPadjective combination is best analyzed as a small clause with a particular structure.

80. Corbett, G[reville] G. ''Syntactic Features". Journal of Linguistics 17.55-76 (March 1981). Presents arguments to support the use of syntactic features, and describes how they operate in syntax and morphology.

81. Cowper, Elizabeth A. Tied Piping, Feature Percolation and the Structure of the Noun Phrase". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 32.321-338 (Dec. 1987). Considers the differences between wh -questions and relative clause formation with respect to pied piping. Shows that a filter proposed by Lasnik & Saito (1984) and a percolation convention suggested by the work of di Sciullo and Williams (1987) can straightforwardly explain these differences.

82. Culicover, Peter W. "Learnability Explanations and Processing Explanations1', Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.77-104 (June 1984). Considers whether syntactic constraints motivated within learnability theory can be plausibly replaced with processing explanations of the data. Examines the Raising Constraint and the Freezing Principle, proposed in Wexler and Culicover (1980). Concludes that processing explanations do not appear to work.

83. Culicover, Peter W, & Michael S. Rochemont. "Extraposition and the Complement Principle". Linguistic Inquiry 21.23-47 (Winter 1990). Authors describe some problems with a movement analysis of extraposition from NP. They argue that the extraposed phrases are base-generated in their s-structure positions and that an appropriate formulation of the Complement Principle can account for the exceptional character of extrapositions.

18

GENERAL STUDIES

84. Culicover, Peter W. and Wendy Wilkins. "Control, PRO and the Projection Principle". Language 62.120-153 (March 1986). Presents a theory of control without reference to the element PRO, making several syntactic arguments against PRO. As a consequence, the 6-Criterion must be modified and the Projection Principle cannot be maintained.

85. Culicover, Peter W. and Wendy K. Wilkins. Locality in Linguistic Theory. Orlando, Fla. & London: Academic Press, 1984. viii, 276 pp. Addresses the related issues of the learnability of grammars and locality restrictions in universal grammar. First four chapters develop a theory of universal grammar. The authors then examine a range of constructions in order to formulate a Locality Condition on the application of grammatical rules. Utilizes a number of different theories, including government-binding, relational grammar, and lexical-functional grammar. Data taken mostly from English.

86. Czepluch, Hartmut. "Case Theory and the Dative Construction''. The Linguistic Review 1-38 (Sep. 1982). Analyzes the dative construction in light of the requirements of government-binding theory. Argues that features of the dative may be explained with some modification in case theory.

87. Dahl, Osten. "Some Arguments for Higher Nodes in Syntax: A reply to Hudson's 'Constituency and Dependency'1'. Linguistics 18.485488 (1980). Arguing against Hudson (1980), author briefly presents some analyses which require the recognition of hierarchical structure. Hudson replies in following article.

88. Dasgupta, Probal. "On Locality and Anaphora: A response to Brame and Mohanan". Linguistic Analysis 15.77-87 (1985). Responding to articles previously printed in Linguistic Analysis, author outlines the important features of binding and government relationships in Chomskyan theory.

89. Davies, William D. & Carol Rosen. "Unions as Multi-predicate Clauses". Language 64.52-88 (March 1988).


19

Using relational grammar, authors argue that union constructions have the structure of a single clause where two or more predicates occur successively. This analysis is supported by evidence from Italian, Quechua, Tamil, and Turkish.

90. Davison, Alice. "Peculiar Passives". Language 56.42-66 (March 1980). Argues that when passives have different meanings from their corresponding active sentences, the extra meanings are derived through conversational implicature. Therefore, the relationship between active and passive may be stated entirely in syntactic terms.

91. Davison, Alice. "Syntactic Markedness and the Definition of Sentence Topic". Language 60.797-846 (Dec. 1984). Assumes that what is perceived as a sentence topic is related to properties of surface syntax. Explores the relation between the syntactic markedness of sentence topics and their use as links in the discourse. Final section discusses implications for a definition of topic and a processing model of English.

92. De Carrico, Jeanette Speer. "A Note on Functional Perspectives". Linguistic Analysis 11.303-307 (April 1983). Argues against Kuno's work on functional perspective, specifically his claim that backwards anaphora cannot occur with an indefinite NP antecedent. Supports instead an analysis based on the semantics of opaque context.

93. De Roeck, Anne [et al] "A Myth about Centre-embedding". Lingua 58.327-340 (Nov./Dec. 1982). Authors review some arguments on the grammaticality of multiple centerembedding in German and English, and examine some occurrences of multiple embeddings in printed sources. Conclusion is that the evidence supports theories of Chomsky and Labov that multiple center embeddings are grammatical.

94. Declerck, Renaat "Predicational Clefts". Lingua 61.9-45 (Sep. 1983).

20

GENERAL STUDIES Argues that besides specificational (i.e., identifying) clefts, there exists a class of clefts which are predicational (e.g., Was it an interesting meeting you went to last night?).

95. Declerck, Renaat. "Pseudo-modifiers". Lingua 54.135-163 (June/July 1981). Describes constructions in which relative or participial clauses are 'pseudomodifiers' in the sense that they lack the restrictive or appositive meaning typical of relative and participial modifiers. Hypothesizes that these modifiers are derived by transformation from an underlying noun clause.

96. Declerck, Renaat. "Some Restrictions on Clefts That Highlight Predicate Nominals". Journal of Linguistics 20.131-154 (March 1984). Points out five restrictions on clefts that have predicate nominals as their focus, and formulates an explanation for these restrictions.

97. Declerck, Renaat. "The Triple Origin of Participial Perception Verb Complements". Linguistic Analysis 10.1-26 (July 1982). Considers the structure of participial complements to perception verbs. Claims that these actually include at least three different structures which should be analyzed in different ways.

98. Declerck, Renaat & Shigeki Seki. "Premodified Reduced It-clefts". Lingua 82:15-51 (Sep. 1990). Authors discuss constructions of the type if anyone can help you, it's Bill. They claim that the it-clause is a reduced it-cleft.

99. Delahunty, Gerald P. "But Sentential Subjects Do Exist". Linguistic Analysis 12.379-398 (Dec. 1983). Argues that it-extraposition-type sentence pairs are both base generated and that their synonymy is accounted for in the semantics.

100. Demonte, Violeta. "Remarks on Secondary Predicates: Ccommand, extraction, and reanalysis". The Linguistic Review 6.1-39 (1986/1987).


21

Studies subject-oriented and object-oriented adjectival predicates. Shows that thenproperties are the result of interaction between c-command and the Empty Category Principle, taken together with a reanalysis mechanism. Data taken mainly from Spanish.

101. Desclés, Jean Pierre, Zlatka Guentchéva, & Sebastian Shaumyan. "Theoretical Analysis of Reflexivization in the Framework of Applicative Grammar". Lingvisticae Investigationes 10.1-65 (1986). Authors use the applicative grammar model to examine the cross-linguistic occurrence of reflexive markers that also have a passive interpretation. They divide reflexives into basic types and outline some formal rules of reflexivization. The basics of applicative grammar are presented.

102. Di Sciullo, Anne-Marie, Pieter Muysken, & Rajendra Singh. "Government and Code-mixing". Journal of Linguistics 22.1-24 (March 1986). Authors argue that code-mixing between the lexicons of two languages is constrained by a government relation that holds between the constituents of a sentence. Concentrates on French-Italian, English-Italian, and Hindi-English.

103. Dieterich, Thomas G. and Donna Jo Napoli. "Comparative Rather". Journal of Linguistics 18.137-165 (March 1982). Presents evidence that rather than constructions are underlying comparatives and are derived by the same syntactic rules.

104. Dik, Simon C, ed. Advances in Functional Grammar. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1983. x, 415 pp. Eighteen chapters approach different questions of linguistic organization using functional grammar as a framework. The first chapter, by Dik, offers an outline of the basic tenets of functional grammar, which attempts to describe and analyze the organization of language in terms of pragmatics. Other chapters deal with possessives, predicates, syntax, semantics, constituent ordering, historical linguistics, and psycholinguistics.

22

GENERAL STUDIES

105. Dik, Simon C. Studies in Functional Grammar. London & New York: Academic Press, 1980. xi, 245 pp. Applies functional grammar to some aspects of various languages. First chapter summarizes the functional grammar model. Succeeding chapters discuss predicate formation in English, Kannada, and Dutch, Dutch causatives, ergative systems, word order in different languages, Bantu postverbal subjects, and focus constructions.

106. Dirven, René & Vilém Fried, eds. Functionalism in Linguistics, Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1987. xvii, 489 pp. Collection of papers tracing the continuing development and impact of functionalism from the Prague School to theories of the 1980s. Includes papers on the Praguian tradition, the work of Dik and Halliday, and functionalism in psycholinguistics and in linguistic descriptions.

107. Dixon, R[obert] M. W., ed. Studies in Ergativity. Amsterdam & Oxford: Elsevier-North Holland, 1987. vii, 340 pp. Collection of articles taking different theoretical approaches. Papers concentrate on case marking, classification, semantics, and discourse ergativity in various languages.

108. Dryer, Matthew S. "In Defense of a Universal Passive". Linguistic Analysis 10.53-60 (July 1982). Supports a relational grammar analysis of passives.

109. Dryer, Matthew S. "Primary Objects, Secondary Objects and Antidative". Language 63.808-845 (Dec. 1986). Using relational grammar as a framework, author argues that some languages are sensitive to a distinction between direct object and indirect object, but others are sensitive to the difference between primary and secondary objects.

110. Emonds, Joseph E. "The Invisible Category Principle8. Linguistic Inquiry 18.613-632 (Fall 1987).


23

Claims that a closed category such as determiner or preposition may remain empty throughout a derivation under certain circumstances. Discusses the implications for grammatical theory.

111. Emonds, Joseph. "Parts of Speech in Generative Grammar". Linguistic Analysis 17.3-42 (1987). Poses the question of what the most basic categories of grammar are which should be presented and discussed at the non-specialist level. Outlines some conclusions in terms of X-bar theory.

112. Emonds, Joseph. "The Prepositional Copula As". Linguistic Analysis 13.127-144 (1984). Examines phrases headed by non-comparative as. Argues that NP objects of noncomparative as phrases are predicate nominals. Establishes that this construction is a PP.

113. Emonds, Joseph E. A Unified Theory of Syntactic Categories. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. 356 pp. Argues for a particular version of X-bar theory, based on Chomsky's governmentbinding theory and on Emonds's own earlier work. A central claim is that the categories of the bar notation are realized at both the phrasal and the morphemic levels, and that these combine in the same general ways. Supported with chapters on 0-theory, word order and the nature of the category P.

114. Enç, Mürvet. "Pronouns, Licensing, and Binding". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory.51-92 (Feb. 1989). Argues against a feature-based characterization of pronouns ([anaphor], [pronominal]). Develops a system of classification for lexical pronouns based on their licensers and binders. Presents examples from various languages.

115. Engdahl, Elisabet. "A Note on the Use of Lambda Conversion in Generalized Phrase Structure Grammars". Linguistics and Philosophy 4.505-515 (1982). Points out a problem with interpreting bound anaphora in dislocated constituents in generalized phrase structure grammar. Investigates reflexives and other bound pronouns, and rightward dependencies.

24

GENERAL STUDIES

116. Engdahl, Elisabet. "Parasitic Gaps". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.5-34 (Feb. 1983). Describes the phenomenon of parasitic gaps, where one gap is dependent on the existence of another gap in the sentence. Investigates the licensing conditions for these gaps. Divides them into optional and obligatory classes.

117. Engdahl, Elisabet. "Parasitic Gaps, Resumptive Pronouns, and Subject Extractions". Linguistics 233-44 (1985). Confirms Chomsky's claim (1982) that parasitic gaps are not dealt with by any specific rules of the grammar. Argues that resumptive pronouns license parasitic gaps if they behave like variables. Discusses subject parasitic gaps in Norwegian. Also shows how Kayne's (1983) connectedness condition can be used to explain the distribution of empty categories in Norwegian.

118. Engelberg, Klaus-Jürgen. "A New Approach to Formal Syntax". Theoretical Linguistics 10.13-49 (1983). Proposes a theory of recursive tree grammars as an alternative to transformational grammar. Argues that this results in a more restrictive grammatical model.

119. Epstein, Samuel David. "Differentiation and Reduction in Syntactic Theory: A case study". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.313-323 (August 1990). Studies the history of the reduction of the Case Filter in government-binding theory to a Visibility Principle controlling 6-role assignment. Argues that this reduced system cannot predict certain contrasts in degrees of grammaticality.

120. Epstein, Samuel David. "The Local Binding Condition and LF Chains". Linguistic Inquiry 17.187-205 (Spring 1986), Describes some empirical problems with Chomsky's (1984) Local Binding Condition, and proposes alternative definitions of local binding.

121. Erteschik-Shir, Nomi. "Wh-questions and Focus*. Linguistics and Philosophy 9.117-149 (May 1986). Notes that the assignment of focus to wh-words is limited to echo questions. Hypothesizes that wh -phrases can be extracted only out of dominant clauses, which can explain conditions on extraction and facts of scope and focus.


25

122. Fabb, Nigel. "The Difference Between English Restrictive and Nonrestrictive Relative Clauses". Journal of Linguistics 26.57-78 (March 1990). Examines the requirement that a relative pronoun must have an antecedent. Suggests that the coindexing of a relative to its antecedent takes place at the discourse level. Analyzes some differences between restrictive and nonrestrictive relatives.

123. Falk, Yehuda N. "Constituency, Word Order, and Phrase Structure Rules". Linguistic Analysis 11.331-360 (June 1983). Proposes an alternative system of phrase structure rules based on statements of immediate constituency and statements of word order. Argues that this method is superior to the usual rewrite rules.

124. Falk, Yehuda N. "The English Auxiliary System". Language 60.483509 (Sep. 1984). Presents an analysis of the English auxiliary system within the framework of lexical-functional grammar. Claims that modals and verbs are distinct categories and that have and be will belong to either one depending on inflectional properties of particular forms.

125. Falk, Yehuda N. "Subjects and Long-distance Dependencies". Linguistic Analysis 12.245-270 (Oct. 1983). Presents a lexical-functional analysis of the subject dependency problem which disallows overt complementizers adjacent to subject gaps.

126. Farkas, Donca F. "On Obligatory Control". Linguistics and Philosophy 11.27-58 (Feb. 1988). Considers what determines the choice of controller in equi constructions. Offers a semantically based explanation which is shown to be superior to previous analyses.

127. Farkas, Donca F. & Almerindo Ojeda. "Agreement and Coordinate NPs". Linguistics 21.659-673 (1983). Indicates some problems posed for the generalized phrase structure model by coordinate NPs with different agreement features, and proposes modifications of the definitions of head, the Head Feature Convention, and the Control Agreement Principle.

26

GENERAL STUDIES

128. Felix, Sascha W. "The Structure of Functional Categories". Linguistische Berichte 125.46-71 (Feb. 1990). Proposes that the category DP (Determiner Phrase) is universal. Compares DET with INFL as a functional category and claims that there is a biuniqueness relation between functional categories and their complements, that is, between DET and NP and INFL and VP.

129. Fiengo, Robert. Surface Structure: The Interface of Autonomous Components. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press, 1980. 213 pp. Working in extended standard theory, author defines surface structure as output of the transformational component and input to logical form. Investigates syntactic and morphological movement, the morphology of complementizers, surface filters, and the structure of logical form.

130. Fiengo, Robert & James Higginbotham. "Opacity in NP". Linguistic Analysis 7.395-421 (June 1981). Discusses constraints on anaphora and coreferentiality. Explores the generalization that where disjointness of reference is required, anaphora is possible, but where disjointness of reference is cancelled, anaphora is prohibited.

131. Fillmore, Charles, Paul Kay & Mary Catherine O'Connor. "Regularity and Idiomaticity in Grammatical Constructions: The case of let alone". Language 64.501-538 (Sep. 1988). Authors argue for a Construction Grammar approach to syntax, in which syntactic constructions can specify lexical, pragmatic and semantic information. They support this theory with analysis of the idiom let alone.

132. Finer, Daniel L. "The Syntax of Switch-reference". Linguistic Inquiry 16.35-55 (Winter 1985). Argues that patterns of switch-reference are syntactic rather than functional. Accounts for the facts using a modified version of the binding principles. Examples from a number of Native American languages.

133. Fodor, Janet Dean. "Constraints on Gaps: Is the parser a significant influence?" Linguistics 21.9-34 (1983).


27

Discusses the relation of parsing constraints to limits on the form of the grammar. Outlines a negotiation model in which the parser and the grammar have nearly identical concerns. Suggests a modification of generalized phrase structure grammar that would make it compatible with this general framework.

134. Fodor, Janet Dean. "Phrase Structure Parsing and the Island Constraints". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.163-223 (May 1983). Supports generalized phrase structure grammar as a theory which allows a simple parsing model. Addresses the questions of whether all constraints on fillers and gaps can be incorporated into the phrase structure rules and how this would simplify parsing.

135. Fox, Barbara A. "The Noun Phrase Accessibility Hierarchy Reinterpreted: Subject primacy or the absolutive hypothesis". Language 63.856-869 (Dec. 1987). Reexamines constraints on relative clause formation in different languages and challenges the typological interpretation of these constraints represented by the NP accessibility hierarchy. Proposes the absolutive hypothesis, which states that a language must be able to relativize on S and P if at all.

136. Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. "Indefinite Agent, Passive and Impersonal Passive: A functional study". Lingua 58.267-290 (Nov./Dec. 1982). Proposes a formal and functional distinction between impersonal passives and other types. Claims in particular that in several languages, the passive of intransitive verbs implies that the sentence has an indefinite human agent.

137. Frampton, John. "Parasitic Gaps and the Theory of Wh-chains". Linguistic Inquiry 21.49-77 (Winter 1990). Proposes some revisions of Chomsky's Barriers theory (1986) as it relates to whmovement. Uses parasitic gap phenomena to support these proposals.

138. Franks, Steven. "On the Status of Null Expletives". Lingua 81.1-24 (May 1990). Examines overt and null expletive and 6-marked subjects. Concludes that case marking is crucial for visibility at the levels of phonetic form and logical form. Looks at English, Galician, and Russian.

28

GENERAL STUDIES

139. Frazier, Lyn. "Syntactic Processing: Evidence from Dutch". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.519-559 (Nov. 1987). Presents the results of two experiments on processing in Dutch. Evidence indicates that English and Dutch are processed identically in spite of the existence of head final phrases in Dutch. A filler-driven system of processing is proposed for Dutch and English.

140. Freidin, Robert & Howard Lasnik. "Disjoint Reference and Wh-trace".Linguistic Inquiry 12.39-53 (Winter 1981). Adopts an analysis of coreference in which wh-trace is exempt from the Propositional Island and Specified Subject Conditions of Chomsky (1973). Claims to account for restraints on coreference between pronouns and wh -trace and to provide an explanation for the COMP-to-COMP movement restriction.

141. Gazdar, Gerald. "Unbounded Dependencies and Coordinate Structure". Linguistic Inquiry 12.155-184 (Spring 1981). Assumes that the grammar does not include transformations, and then demonstrates that a phrase structure analysis of coordination and unbounded dependencies is descriptively superior to a transformational account. Argues that the elimination of transformational operations places a desirable restriction on the grammar. The article from which the theory of generalized phrase structure grammar stems.

142. Gazdar, Gerald, Ewan Klein & Geoffrey K. Pullum, eds. Order, Concord and Constituency. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1983. 219 pp. Collection of seven papers dealing with language universals in word order and constituency, based on concrete syntactic analysis. Covers a wide variety of languages which differ from English in significant ways, including Irish, Welsh, Makua, Modern Greek, Latin, Hopi, and Malagasy. Most analyses are presented in the generalized phrase structure grammar theoretical model. In general, each paper deals with one particular language.

143. Gazdar, Gerald & Geoffrey K. Pullum. "Easy to Solve". Linguistic Analysis 10.361-363 (Dec. 1982). Short comment on Schachter's (1981) analysis of missing object constructions (Mary is lovely to look at).


29

144. Gazdar, Gerald, Geoffrey K. Pullum, & Ivan K. Sag. "Auxiliaries and Related Phenomena in a Restrictive Theory of Grammar". Language 58.591-638 (Sep. 1982). Presents an analysis of the auxiliary verb system using generalized phrase structure grammar. The analysis of auxiliaries found in Akmajian, Steele, and Wasow (1979) is reviewed in detail and found to compare unfavorably with the one outlined in this paper.

145. Geest, W[im] de & Y[van] Putseys, eds. Sentential Complementation. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1984. viii, 280 pp. Introduction and 22 papers from a 1983 conference held in Brussels. Papers address aspects of complementation from different theoretical points of view. Chinese, Dutch, English, Italian, Norwegian, French, and Icelandic are some languages discussed.

146. Gelderen, Elly van. "Adjunction and (I)t". The Linguistic Review 5.137-152 (1985/1986). Demonstrates that the choice between the appearance of it and an empty category in a position created by rightward S' movement depends on antecedent government. Proposes a further restriction in certain cases—local antecedent government.

147. Gelderen, Elly van. "The Distribution of Empty Category and It". Linguistic Analysis 13.317-327 (1984). Considers conditions under which the empty category left by extraposition must be filled by it. Proposes a Head Lexical Principle to explain restrictions. Data from English, Swedish, and Dutch.

148. Gibson, Jeanne & Eduardo Raposo. "Clause Union, the Stratal Uniqueness Law and the Chômeur Relation". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.295-332 (Aug. 1986). Authors analyze the clause union construction across a variety of languages and give a unified account of the data using relational grammar.

149. Gil, David. "Stacked Adjectives and Configurationality". Linguistic Analysis 12.141-158 (Sep. 1983).

30

GENERAL STUDIES

Presents evidence that non-configurational languages prefer structures lacking in hierarchic depth. Compares features of stacked adjectives in English and Hebrew, assuming that Hebrew is non-configurational.

150. Gil, David. "What Does Grammar Include?" Theoretical Linguistics 12.165-172 (1985). In order to decide which aspects of language should be accounted for in the grammar, author adopts Lightfoot's (1980) notion of assigning to grammatical theory those principles which hold only of language. This results in a much narrower theory than current generative models allow.

151. Giorgi, Alessandra. "Toward a Theory of Long Distance Anaphors: a GB approach". The Linguistic Review 3.307-362 (June 1984). Describes the behavior of the Italian possessive proprio, arguing that it is an anaphor, not a pronoun. Uses this data to support a proposal for a theory of long distance anaphora (that is, anaphora which may take an antecedent from an unlimited domain).

152. Goldsmith, John. "Complementizers and Root Sentences". Linguistic Inquiry 12.541-574 (Fall 1981). Develops the notion of root transformation proposed in Emonds (1976), focusing on the role of the embedded complementizer. Examines Igbo, English, and French.

153. Goodall, Grant. Parallel Structure in Syntax: Coordination, Causatives and Restructuring. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987. xiii, 194 pp. Proposes a revision in the definition of phrase markers, supported by evidence from Romance causatives and English coordination. Argues that it is not necessary for every node to follow a relation of dominance or precedence with every other node. Assumes government-binding theory.

154. Greenberg, Gerald R. "Left Dislocation, Topicalization, and Interjections". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.283287(Sep. 1984). Briefly outlines some difficulties for a government-binding analysis of left dislocation, based on the placement of interjections in the sentence.


31

155. Grimshaw, Jane. Argument Structure. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1990. x, 202 pp. Studies the lexical representation of argument structure. Develops the structure of argument structure in detail. Also covers the argument structure of nominals and passives, and its interaction with anaphora.

156. Groot, Caspar de. "Verb Agreement and Ergativity in the Ugrian Languages: A reconstruction". Lingua 61.209-230 (Oct./Nov. 1983). Presents a hypothesis concerning verb agreement in Ugrian languages, and argues that Dik's reconstruction of the rise and fall of ergative systems can account for verb agreement in these languages.

157. Grosu, Alexander. "An Analogical Approach to Noun Clause Distribution". Theoretical Linguistics 10.115-124 (1983). Offers a functional explanation for the distribution of noun clauses. Further supports his earlier claim that marked constructions are allowable if they bear an apparent similarity to unmarked constructions.

158. Grosu, Alexander. Approaches to Island Phenomena. Amsterdam & New York: North-Holland, 1981. xii, 346 pp. Discusses ways in which non-structural factors may play a role in island phenomena and shows that no account of islands that is entirely structurally based can be complete —pragmatics also influences island constraints. Based on several earlier papers by the author.

159. Grosu, Alexander. "The Extragrammatical Content of Certain 'Island Constraints'". Theoretical Linguistics 9.17-67 (1982). Proposes that island constraints can be explained in terms of psycholinguistic principles, for example a preference for marked forms which share some characteristics with unmarked forms and a preference for maximally isomorphic constructions. Reviews earlier work dealing with island constraints.

160. Grosu, Alexander. "Pied Piping and the Matching Parameter". The Linguistic Review 6.41-58 (1986/1987). Examines the structure of free relatives and possible consequences of his findings for various analyses. Discusses an apparently universal restriction on pied piping in free relatives.

32

GENERAL STUDIES

161. Grosu, Alexander. "Subcategorization and Parallelism".. Theoretical Linguistics 12.231-239 (1985). Demonstrates that phrases with distinct subcategorization frames can be coordinated only if they function as arguments or modifiers of compatible verbal entries and include focused operators of a common type.

162. Guéron, Jacqueline. "On the Syntax and Semantics of PP Extraposition". Linguistic Inquiry 16.637-678 (Fall 1980). Argues that certain types of apparently ungrammatical sentences with extraposed PPs are ruled out by interpretative, rather than syntactic, constraints, and are acceptable in some contexts. Demonstrates that this approach to PP extraposition is superior to one which places all constraints in the syntactic component.

163. Guéron, J[acqueline]. "Topicalisation Structures and Constraints On Coreference". Lingua 63.139-174 (June 1984). Reviews a number of previous proposals for explaining coreference restrictions in sentences containing topicalized constituents. Proposes a solution which incorporates a 'decomposition' mechanism such as is found in work by De Fourier.

164. Guéron, Jacqueline & Robert May. "Extraposition and Logical Form". Linguistic Inquiry 15.1-31 (Winter 1984). Authors argue that the head-complement construction must be reconstructed at the level of logical form. They utilize logical form movements such as those proposed by May (1977).

165. Guéron, Jfacqueline], H[ans]-G.[eorg] Obenauer, & J[ean]-Y[ves] Pollock, eds. Grammatical Representation. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. vi, 362 pp. A collection of thirteen papers addressing problems that have not previously been discussed in the government-binding framework. Topics include binding and anaphora, lexical and A-bar chains, connectedness, case marking, and logical form representation. Italian, Dutch, French, English, German, Danish, and Eskimo are studied.

166. Haan, Ger de. "On a Distinctive Property of Rules of Syntax: The accessibility condition". Linguistic Analysis 8.145-183 (Sep. 1981).


33

Argues against Koster 's (1978) Bounding Condition, a condition on null anaphora. Proposes the Accessibility Condition as a superior alternative both to Roster's condition and Chomsky's Subjacency Condition.

167. Haegeman, Liliane. "The Get Passive and Burzio's Generalization". Lingua 66.53-77 (May 1985). Distinguishes between causative get which is a two-place predicate taking a small clause complement, and ergative get which is a one-place predicate. Passive get is shown to be an example of the latter type. Discusses Burzio's 1981 dissertation as it relates to ergatives.

168. Haider, Hubert & Rositta Rindler-Schjerve. "The Parameter of Auxiliary Selection: Italian-German contrasts". Linguistics 25.10291055 (1987). Authors argue that the difference in distribution of the auxiliaries avere/haben and essere/sein follows from the fact that Italian has obligatory cliticization and German does not. They discuss the role that reflexive clitics play with respect to auxiliary selection.

169. Hale, Ken. "Walpiri and the Grammar of Non-configurational Languages". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.5-47 (1983). Seeks to discover a clearly defined parameter which distinguishes configurational from non-configurational languages, using the Australian language Walpiri as an example of the latter type of language. Explores issues of word order and phrase structure, null anaphora, discontinuous expressions, and lexical structure.

170. Halliday, M[ichael] A[lexander] K[irkwood] & Robin P. Fawcett, eds. New Developments in Systemic Linguistics. Volume I: Theory and Description. London & New York: Frances Pinter, 1987. 297 pp. Presents major developments in systemic linguistics since the publication of Readings in Systemic Linguistics. A theory-oriented volume, intended to be followed by a more application-oriented volume. Sections on theory, discourse, meta-functions, system networks in the lexico-grammar, the daughter dependency grammar version of the theory, and phonology.

34

GENERAL STUDIES

171. Halliday, M[ichael] Alexander] K[irkwood] & J[ames] R. Martin, eds. Readings in Systemic Linguistics. London: Batsford Academic and Educational, 1981. 361 pp. Brings together previously unpublished papers which bear fundamentally on the systemic linguistics model and other papers which present some lesser known aspects of the model. Four of the papers are by Halliday. Parts I and II introduce some basic notions and formalizations of systemic theory; parts III, IV and V trace developments in the theory; part VI presents applications in English, French, Beja, and Tagalog.

172. Harbert, Wayne. "In Defense of Tense". Linguistic Analysis 9.1-18 (Jan. 1982). Argues that tense should be a consideration in formulating conditions on binding. Especially refers to conditions on rules proposed by Chomsky. Uses data from a variety of languages.

173. Harbert, Wayne. "On the Nature of the Matching Parameter". The Linguistic Review 2.237-284 (March 1983). Discusses the requirement of some languages that the grammatical category of the phrase introducing a relative clause match the subcategorization frame of the element governing the clause. Proposes an alternative involving the accessibility of the COMP node.

174. Harris, Alice C. "Georgian and the Unaccusative Hypothesis". Language 58.290-306 (June 1982). Provides supportive evidence for the Unaccusative Hypothesis of Perlmutter and Postal, proposed within a framework of relational grammar. This hypothesis claims that the surface subjects of certain types of inactive intransitive sentences are initial direct objects. Evidence is from the Georgian language.

175. Harris, Zellig S. Papers on Syntax, edited by Henry Hiz. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1981. vi, 479 pp. A collection of papers previously published in Papers in Structural and Transformational Linguistics (1970) or in various journals from the 1940s to the present. Papers trace the development of syntactic theory in its progress from structural linguistics, through transformations, to operator grammar. Operator grammar, the latest stage, derives sentences in a systematic way through a series of partial word orderings.


35

176. Hasegawa, Nobuko. "Is an Empty NP an Anaphor?" Linguistic Analysis 11.295-301 (April 1983). Argues that lexical anaphora and empty nodes are in complementary distribution. Therefore empty nodes constitute an extra category. A theory which does not need to make use of this category would be simpler and more acceptable.

177. Hasegawa, Nobuko. "The VP Complement and 'Control' Phenomena: Beyond trace theory". Linguistic Analysis 7.85-120 (Jan. 1981). Supports an analysis of infinitival clauses as underlying VPs, arguing that this approach compares favorably with a trace theory analysis in which infinitival clauses are underlyingly S.

178. Hawkins, John A. "Modifier-head or Function-argument Relations in Phrase Structure?" Lingua 63.107-138 (June 1984). Compares the categorial model of grammar with X-bar type theories to see how well they succeed in describing and explaining universal word order data. Concludes that X-bar (modifier-head) theories have greater explanatory power.

179. Hawkins, John A. "The Semantic Diversity of Basic Grammatical Relations in English and German". Linguistische Berichte 75.1-25 (Oct. 1981). Argues that German semantic, syntactic, and morphological relations can be mapped onto English counterparts, but not vice versa. Concludes that German preserves more semantics in surface structure and that its surface structures are less ambiguous.

180. Hawkins, Roger. "On 'Generating Indirect Objects in English': A reply to Allerton". Journal of Linguistics 17.1-9 (March 1981). Responding to Allerton (1978), author claims that a transformational rule of dative movement does exist.

181. Hawkins, Roger. "Towards an Account of the Possessive Constructions: NP's N and the N of NP". Journal of Linguistics 17.247-269 (Sep. 1981). Applies Bresnan's lexical framework to possessive constructions. Concludes that transformational accounts are unable to capture certain generalizations, and that

36

GENERAL STUDIES

the lexicalist claim that derived nominals have the structure of NPs is false. Proposes an alternative account.

182. Henderson, T. S. T. "Who Are We Anyway? A study of personal pronoun systems". Linguistische Berichte 98.300-309 (August 1985). Formulates a system of arithmetic symbols to analyze natural language pronoun systems. Claims that there are no pronouns which imply more than one speaker or more than one addressee. Looks at English, French, Hanunoo, and Palaung.

183. Hendrick, Randall. "Construing Relative Pronouns". Linguistic Analysis 9.205-224 (April 1982). Argues against an interpretation of relative clauses in which the relative is an open sentence predicated of its head NP. Proposes that relative clauses be treated as sentences closed by a binding operation involving the [-WH] phrase.

184. Hendrick, Randall. "Reduced Questions and Their Theoretical Implications". Language 58.800-819 (Dec. 1982). Presents arguments that the interaction of Chomsky's Recoverability Condition with markedness conditions on tense explains restrictions on the appearance of reduced questions. Contrasts w/z-questions with yes/no type.

185. Hendrick, Randall. "Subcategorization: Its form and functioning". Linguistics 19.871-910 (1981). Claims that subcategorization should be limited to constituents in a c-command configuration rather than to sister constituents. Also, claims that subcategorizations are subject to a nesting requirement.

186. Hengeveld, Kees. "Layers and Operators in Functional Grammar". Journal of Linguistics 25.127-157 (March 1989). Outlines a model of functional grammar in which predications have a descriptive function level and a content function level.

187. Heny, Frank, ed. Binding and Filtering. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1981. x, 337 pp. Collection of articles, mostly based on Chomsky's paper "On Binding", which is the first paper in the book. Papers analyze constructions in several languages,


37

using filters, binding principles, constraints on logical form, and surface structure constraints.

188. Heny, Frank & Barry Richards, eds. Linguistic Categories: Auxiliaries and Related Puzzles. Volume 1: Categories. Volume 2: The Scope, Order and Distribution of English Auxiliary Verbs. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1983. Vol. 1, 294 pp.; Vol. 2, 258 pp. Fifteen papers, mostly presented at the Fourth Groningen Round Table, July 1980. Originally intended to focus on the work of Akmajian, Steele, and Wasow on the category AUX, topic was broadened to include general problems of identification and justification of syntactic categories and word classes. Vol. 2 includes a paper on scope and one on English modals.

189. Higginbotham, James. "Pronouns and Bound Variables". Linguistic Inquiry 16.679-708 (Fall 1980). Considers the cicumstances under which a pronoun can be interpreted as a variable bound to a quantificational NP. Works in the theory of Chomsky (1980).

190. Hoekstra, Teun. Transitivity'. Grammatical Relations in GovernmentBinding Theory. Dordrecht: Foris, 1984. xii, 311 pp. Addresses both general syntactic issues and questions specifically concerning Dutch. Author compares various theories which deal with grammatical relations and transitivity, but uses government-binding theory to examine transitivity and complementation in Dutch and English.

191. Hoekstra, Teun & René Mulder. "Unergatives as Copular Verbs: Ideational and existential predication". The Linguistic Review 7.1-79 (March 1990). Explores the relation between existentials and locatives. Examines data from a variety of languages. Analyzes existentials in English and some other languages as instances of locative preposing and argues that in many of these sentences, the verb should be construed as a copula.

192. Hoekstra, Teun, Harry van der Hulst and Michael Moortgat, eds. Perspectives on Functional Grammar. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1981. 352 pp.

38

GENERAL STUDIES Fourteen papers, ten in the functional grammar framework, two in relational grammar, one in Montague grammar, and one in case grammar theory. Papers address both theoretical/notational questions and data analysis. Analyzes diverse languages in terms of grammatical relations.

193. Hopper, Paul J. & Sandra A. Thompson. Studies in Transitivity. (Syntax and Semantics, 15). New York: Academic Press, 1982. xiv, 459 pp. Twenty papers investigate different aspects of transitivity and its implications for the grammar of various languages. Syntactic and morphological features, semantics, word order, and discourse features are examined using examples from a variety of languages.

194. Horn, George M. "Argument Reduction". Linguistic Analysis 12.339-378 (Dec. 1983). Presents an analysis in the lexical-functional framework which relates sentence pairs whose functional structures differ in the number of NPs in each. Concentrates on passives in various languages.

195. Horn, George M. "Motionless and Traceless Sources of Passives". Linguistic Analysis 8.15-68 (July 1981). Proposes an analysis of passives in the lexical-functional model, in which passives have two sources. This explanation accounts for adjectival and verbal passive participles.

196. Horn, George M. "Raising and Complementation". Linguistics 25.813-850 (1985). Makes a cross-linguistic comparison of 'raising' sentences in which the object NP of a higher clause may be the original subject of a complement clause. Concludes that the NPs in question are object NPs of the higher clause throughout the derivation, an analysis compatible with current lexical-functional theory.

197. Hornstein, Norbert. "Restructuring and Interpretation in a Tmoder. The Linguistic Review 5.301-334 (1985/1986). Using the T-model of grammar in which the levels of phonetic form and logical form do not interact, claims that there are two distinctly different types of interpretive processes. Draws support from properties of the Romance languages.


39

198. Hornstein, Norbert & David Lightfoot. "Predication and PRO". Language 63.23-52 (March 1987). Discusses the theory of predication developed in work by Edwin Williams. Presents an alternative account of the data which does not use a separate level of Predicate Structure but which assumes that PRO may be governed.

199. Hornstein, Norbert & Amy Weinberg. "Case Theory and Preposition Stranding". Linguistic Inquiry 12.55-91 (Winter 1981). Discusses preposition stranding in English and other Germanic languages. Argues that the facts of preposition stranding result from operations of case marking, together with a filter blocking oblique traces and a language-specific reanalysis rule.

200. Horvath, Julia & Alexander Grosu. "On the Notion 'Head': Evidence from free relatives and interrogatives". Theoretical Linguistics 14.35-64 (1987). Considers the idea of COMP accessibility in free relatives. Proposes a modification in terms of 'pseudo head'. Uses data from Rumanian to support the theory.

201. Huang, C.-T. James. "On the Distribution and Reference of Empty Pronouns". Linguistic Inquiry 15.531-574 (Fall 1984). Contrastively analyzes different languages based on their usage of empty pronouns. Investigates the underlying parameters which allow these differences. Especially compares Chinese to English.

202. Huck, Geoffrey J. & Younglee Na. "Extraposition and Focus". Language 66.51-77 (March 1990). Examines the restrictions against extraposing out of definite NPs and against further extraction out of the extraposed phrase. Argues that a theory of focus can explain these behaviors.

203. Huck, Geoffrey J. & Almerindo E. Ojeda. Discontinuous Constituency. (Syntax and Semantics, 20). Orlando, Fla.: Academic Press, 1987. xi, 451 pp.

40

GENERAL STUDIES Collects fifteen papers from a University of Chicago conference addressing the issue of discontinuous constituency in grammar. Introduction by editors discusses the nature of constituency. Contributors assume various theoretical frameworks.

204. Hudson, Richard A. "Constituency and Dependency". Linguistics 18.179-198 (1980). Claims that dependency between words is necessary in syntax, but hierarchical constituency relations are not. Therefore, daughter-dependency rules are not needed.

205. Hudson, Richard. "Coordination and Grammatical Relations". Journal of Linguistics 24.303-342 (Sep. 1988). Challenges the assumptions made by other theories that constituent structure and temporal order are basic syntagmatic relations from which other relations are derived. Proposes a word grammar alternative for analyzing coordinate structures.

206. Hudson, Richard. "Gapping and Grammatical Relations". Journal of Linguistics 25.57-94 (March 1989). Author builds on his own previous work to provide a word grammar analysis of gapping.

207. Hudson, Richard. "The Limits of Subcategorization". Linguistic Analysis 15.233-256 (1985). Considers the case of the verb go when it appears to subcategorize for a non-word item (the engine went brmbrm). Presents an analysis in the framework of word grammar, in which go subcategorizes for an action, not a word.

208. Hukari, Thomas E. "The Domain of Reflexivization in English". Linguistics 27.207-244 (1989). Presents an analysis of reflexives using generalized phrase structure grammar. Argues that reflexivization is encoded in a category-valued syntactic feature, but that reflexive agreement is a condition on binding in the semantics.

209. Hukari, Thomas E. & Robert D. Levine. "Parasitic Gaps, Slash Termination and the C-command Condition". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.197-222 (May 1987).


41

Points out weaknesses in Gazdar et al.'s (1985) account of parasitic gaps. Proposes an alternative which combines the Foot Feature Principle with a modified version of the gap-introducing mechanism.

210. Ishihara, Roberta. "Absolute Phrases and Preposition Stranding". Linguistic Analysis 15.129-136 (1985). Discusses Siegel's (1983) arguments against certain analyses of preposition stranding based on the impossibility of extracting from with absolutives. Argues that these cases can be explained through subjacency.

211. Ishihara, Roberta. "Clausal Pied Piping: A problem for GB". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.397-418 (Nov. 1984). Outlines the facts of clausal pied piping, which fronts a clause containing a whrelative. Points out the difficulties of formulating an analysis in a governmentbinding model and claims that no unified explanation is possible.

212. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "The Binding Theory and PRO". Linguistic Analysis 15.29-55 (1985). Reviews proposals for incorporating control into the binding theory. Suggests that PRO should be split into two types—pronominal and anaphoric.

213. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "The Case Assignment Theory and Filters". Linguistic Analysis 7.327-366 (June 1981). Demonstrates that Chomsky's (1980) case assignment theory is descriptively inadequate. Proposes an alternative theory using surface filters.

214. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "A Filter on Auxiliary Verbs". Linguistic Analysis 11.285-294 (April 1983). Author proposes a filter which he claims accounts for the occurrence of auxiliaries in English in a superior way to that proposed by Akmajian, Steele, and Wasow (1979).

215. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "The Freezing Principle and Empirical Adequacy". Linguistic Analysis 7.33-84 (Jan. 1981).

42

GENERAL STUDIES Reviews Culicover's (1977) analysis of pseudoclefts using the Freezing Principle, and concludes that it is not adequate. Proposes an alternative analysis using constraints and filters.

216. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "A Government Approach to Double Object Constructions". Linguistic Analysis 17.78-98 (1987). Proposes an explanation for the constraints on English indirect objects in terms of government and the Empty Category Principle. Especially argues against Czepluch (1982).

217. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "Government Principles and Trace". Linguistic Analysis 10.275-297 (Oct. 1982). Builds on previous work by the author in which he claims that Chomsky's case theory is redundant and attempts to explain the facts using other principles of grammar.

218. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "Government Theory and Complementizer Deletion". Linguistic Analysis 13.31-50 (1984). Examines occurrences of for in complements of want-type verbs. Argues that government-binding theory cannot account for the restrictions, which are better explained by the for-to filter and a reanalysis rule.

219. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "Government Theory and Derived Nominal Constructions". Linguistic Analysis 10.365-391 (Dec. 1982). Presents evidence against Kayne's (1981) notion of 'unambiguous path'. Offers an alternative explanation of the relevant sentences.

220. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "Government Theory and NV-ing Constructions". Linguistic Analysis 14.31-54 (1984). Proposes an extension of government theory to provide a unified account of infinitival and NF-ing complements.

221. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "No Distinction Between Trace and PRO?" Linguistic Analysis 8.325-341 (Sep. 1981). Claims, contrary to Koster (1978), that there are distinctions between null and lexical anaphora, and between trace and PRO.


43

222. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "On Government". Linguistic Analysis 9.135-159 (March 1982). Indicates a number of sentences that are problematic for Chomsky's case theory and proposes a version of the grammar which substantially eliminates case theory.

223. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "On NP Movement". Linguistic Analysis 9.285305(June 1982). Proposes a thematic filter to account for some instances of overgeneration caused by the movement rule 'move a'.

224. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "On S-Government". Linguistic Analysis 15.99127 (1985). Following Safir (1982), assumes that INFL must be governed, but argues that it is the head of S, not S'.

225. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "On the Rule 'Move a' and Traces". Linguistic Analysis 8.185-215 (Sep. 1981). Points out problems with Chomsky's (1980) formulation of a movement rule 'move a' and proposes an alternative movement rule.

226. Iwakura, Kunihiro. "On Wh-movement and Constraints on Rules". Linguistic Analysis 6.53-95 (Feb. 1980). Criticizes Chomsky's (1977) analysis of certain movement rules as wh-movement. Proposes an alternative using features of trace theory.

227. Jacobson, Pauline. "Connectivity in Phrase Structure Grammar". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.535-581 (1984). Considers the syntactic property of connectivity, which relates an empty category to an antecedent. Presents an account of connectivity within generalized phrase structure grammar and argues that this is superior to an account using movement rules.

228. Jacobson, Pauline & Geoffrey K. Pullum, eds. The Nature of Syntactic Representation. Dordrecht & Boston: Ten articles plus an introduction. Papers are written in a variety of theories, but have the common feature of rejecting the notion of transformationally derived surface structures, i.e., standard

44

GENERAL STUDIES

Chomskyan theory. Arc pair grammar, generalized phrase structure grammar (including Gazdar's article "Phrase structure grammar"), lexical-functional grammar, and Montague grammar are represented. 229. Jaeggli, Osvaldo A. "Arbitrary Plural Pronominals". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.43-76 (Feb. 1986). Investigates a class of constructions in Spanish with empty pronominals having arbitrary reference. Compares these sentences with the impersonal they construction in English. Proposes an analysis which depends on arbitrary pronominals receiving their interpretative index in a particular way.

230. Jaeggli, Osvaldo A. "Passive". Linguistic Inquiry 17.587-622 (Fall 1986). Outlines a modular analysis of the passive construction using government-binding theory. Argues that passives are the result of certain syntactic and morphological operations rather than a specific rule.

231. Jaeggli, Osvaldo & Kenneth J. Safir, eds. The Null Subject Parameter. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 1989. 320 pp. Collection of ten articles concerning the proper formulation of the Null Subject Parameter in government-binding theory. Languages discussed include the Romance languages, Chinese, Arabic, and Chamorro.

232. Jaworska, Ewa. "Prepositional Phrases as Subjects and Objects". Journal of Linguistics 22.355-374 (Sep. 1986). Considers implications for Chomsky's Case Filter of sentences which have PPs in typical NP positions. Argues that these should be considered PPs only, not PPs embedded in NPs.

233. Jayaseelan, Karattuperambil A. "Prepositions as Deletion Triggers". Linguistic Analysis 11.429-437 (June 1983). Shows that the sentential complements of before and after contain an unbounded gap which is that of a temporal adverb. Claims that this is a common occurrence with prepositions.


45

234. Jelinek, Eloise. "Empty Categories, Case, and Configurationality". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.39-76 (June 1984). Reanalyzes Walpiri data in Hale (1983) and proposes an alternative parameter for configurationality. Argues that the Projection Principle is a language universal which must apply across configurational and non-configurational languages.

235. Johnson, Kyle. "Clausal Gerunds, the ECP, and Government". Linguistic Inquiry 19.583-609 (Fall 1988). Discusses government and antecedent government with respect to the Empty Category Principle. Presents evidence from clausal gerunds and other constructions that the two types of government should be distinct.

236. Jones, Michael Allen. "Cognate Objects and the Case-filter". Journal of Linguistics 24.89-110 (March 1988). Discusses certain 'cognate objects' which can appear with intransitive verbs. Considers the implications for government-binding theories of case assignment and 6-roles.

237. Jones, Michael A[llen]. "Getting Tough' with Wh-movement". Journal of Linguistics 19.129-159 (March 1983). Questions what empirical evidence is available to support Chomsky's claim that tough movement and similar movements are forms of wh-movement. Considers the effect of this analysis on the theory's claim to explanatory adequacy.

238. Jongman, Allard. "Impersonal Passive in Relational Grammar: Demotion or advancement?" Linguistische Berichte 129.349-385 (Oct. 1990). Reviews two competing relational grammar analyses of passive. Shows that the demotion analysis must be preferred over the advancement analysis to account for Dutch and German facts. However, neither hypothesis can explain impersonal passives in initially unaccusative clauses.

239. Joseph, Brian. "Recovery of Information in Relative Clauses: Evidence from Greek and Hebrew". Journal of Linguistics 16.237244 (Sep. 1980).

46

GENERAL STUDIES Argues from constraints on the interpretation of relative clauses that surfaceoriented models of syntactic description provide more insight into the functioning of language than formal generative models of grammar.

240. Kac, Michael B. "Surface Transitivity, Respectively Coordination and Context-freeness". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.441-452 (Aug. 1986). Presents an argument that English cannot be generated by a context-free grammar, using sentences of the type I want to like and expect to dislike this and this respectively.

241. Kang, Boem-Mo. "Unbounded Reflexives". Linguistics and Philosophy 11.415-456 (Nov. 1988). Presents arguments in favor of a generalized phrase structure grammar analysis of unbounded reflexives, using evidence from Korean, Japanese, Icelandic, and Swedish.

242. Kayne, Richard S. "Connectedness". Linguistic Inquiry 14.223-249 (Spring 1983). Examines restrictions on parasitic gaps which cannot be accounted for by Chomsky's (1982) analysis. Suggests a revision of the Empty Category Principle in terms of the notion of 'connectedness'.

243. Kayne, Richard S. Connectedness and Binary Branching. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1984. xiv, 258 pp. A collection of previously published articles focusing on the author's interest in comparative syntax, especially parametric variation between English and the Romance languages, and within the Romance languages. A major topic of the book is the outline of the notion of a 'path' between an empty category and its antecedent and the related idea of 'connectedness'.

244. Kayne, Richard S. "ECP Extensions". Linguistic Inquiry 12.93133 (Winter 1981). Discusses the Empty Category Principle proposed by Chomsky (1981) and suggests a reformulation that will account for a larger number of cases. Most examples from French.


47

245. Kayne, Richard S. "Extensions of Binding and Case-marking". Linguistic Inquiry 11.75-96 (Winter 1980). Analyzes thethat-t filter of Chomsky and Lasnik (1977) which rules out such sentences as who do you believe that left. Argues that it can be dispensed with if some independently desirable revisions are made in extended standard theory. Discusses English, Italian, and French.

246. Kayne, Richard S. "On Certain Differences between French and English". Linguistic Inquiry 12.349-371 (Summer 1981). Considers preposition stranding and certain types of infinitival complements, both of which are allowed in English but not in French. Argues that these two differences are related and stem from differing parameters of government.

247. Kiss, Katalin. "Parasitic Chains". The Linguistic Review 5.4174(1985/1986). Attempts to apply current analyses of parasitic gaps to Hungarian. Proposes new conditions for licensing of parasitic gaps, based on Hungarian data.

248. Klein, Ewan & Ivan A. Sag. "Type-driven Translation". Linguistics and Philosophy 8.163-201 (May 1985). Authors propose a revision in the models of grammar which assume a one-to-one correspondence between syntactic rules and semantic rules. They suggest instead a 'rule-to-rule' approach using central semantic types.

249. Knowles, John. "The Cleft Sentence: A base-generated perspective". Lingua 69.295-317 (August 1986). Claims that cleft sentences are base-generated and are structurally identical to restrictive relative clauses. Analyzes the properties of clefts based on these assumptions. Also discusses pseudoclefts.

250. Knowles, John. "The Tag as a Parenthetical". Studies in Language 4.379-409 (1980). Argues that tag questions are a form of parenthetical and proposes a nontransformational account of tag formation.

251. Koopman, Hilda. "Control from COMP and Comparative Syntax". The Linguistic Review 2.365-391 (March 1983).

48

GENERAL STUDIES

Considers the Empty Category Principle in view of cross-linguistic variation. Particularly concerned with subject-object asymmetries in the operation of whmovement. Examples from a variety of languages.

252. Koopman, H[ilda] & D[ominique] Sportiche. "Variables and the Bijection Principle". The Linguistic Review.139-160 (Dec. 1982). Extends Chomsky's (1981) definition of variables to account for facts of coreference known as weak crossover and some parasitic gap phenomena.

253. Kornai, András & Geoffrey K. Pullum. "The X-bar theory of Phrase Structure". Language 66.24-50 (March 1990). Authors review the claims of X-bar theory and conclude that X-bar conditions have little effect on the descriptive power of grammars. They construct an alternative theory which makes use of the notion 'head of.

254. Koster, Jan. Domains and Dynasties: The Radical Autonomy of Syntax. Dordrecht & Providence: Foris, 1987. ix, 400 pp. Presents a sharply revised version of government-binding theory. Specifically, rejects the concept of d-structure and argues against the rule 'move a' and the level of logical form. Offers alternative proposals based on earlier work.

255. Koster, Jan. "On Binding and Control". Linguistic Inquiry 15.417459 (Summer 1984). Argues for the idea of radical autonomy, which requires that major properties of grammar be construction-independent. Works generally in a government-binding type theory. Examples in English and Dutch.

256. Koster, Jan & Robert May. "On the Constituency of Infinitives". Language 58.116-143 (March 1982). Claims that bare infinitives are sentential, with lexically empty subjects and complementizers. This is in contrast to the view that they are a VP' complement. Examples from English and Dutch.

257. Koutsoudas, Andreas. "Constraints on Linearization Rules". Language 57.818-840 (Dec. 1981). Argues that the constraints on word order rules proposed in relational grammar and invariant ordering grammar make incorrect predictions for active and passive


49

sentences across languages. Claims that the facts can be accounted for in terms of the interaction between word order and other grammatical notions.

258. Kuno, Susumu. Functional Syntax: Anaphora, Discourse, and Empathy. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1987. viii, 320 pp. Partially based on the author's previous writings. An account of pronouns and reflexives within the framework of functional syntax which approaches the data not only from a syntactic angle, but through semantics and discourse processes as well.

259. Langacker, Ronald W. Foundations of Cognitive Grammar. Volume I: Prerequisites. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press, 1987. 516 pp. A proposal to redefine the philosophical underpinnings of linguistic theory. Argues for a theory of cognitive grammar, claiming that syntax is not autonomous, but is symbolic in nature. The lexicon, morphology, and syntax form a continuum of symbolic structures which conventionally symbolize the semantic structure. A second volume, applying this theory, is in preparation.

260. Langacker, Ronald W. "Space Grammar, Analysability, and the English Passive". Language 58.22-80 (March 1982). Proposes the framework of space grammar as an alternative to existing syntactic theories. Analyzes nominals and passives within this system.

261. Larson, Richard K. "Bare-NP Adverbs". Linguistic Inquiry 16.595621 (Fall 1985). Considers the class of NPs which can function as adverbial modifiers, and claims that they can be satisfactorily accounted for using the case module of governmentbinding theory.

262. Larson, Richard K. "'Missing Prepositions' and the Analysis of English Free Relative Clauses". Linguistic Inquiry 18.239-266 (Spring 1987). Considers some relative clause constructions with 'missing' adverbials in the embedded clause. Argues that these structures are the result of antecedentcontained deletion. Discusses headed and free relatives.

50

GENERAL STUDIES

263. Larson, Richard K. "On the Double Object Construction". Linguistic Inquiry 19.335-391 (Summer 1988). Presents an analysis of double objects which derives them from an underlying structure in which the verb and its indirect object make up a constituent. A form of Dative Shift then takes place.

264. Lasnik, Howard. Essays On Anaphora. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1989. ix, 179 pp. A collection of the author's articles on binding and anaphora, written between 1973 and 1989. First chapter reviews the history of anaphora within extended standard theory and relates the articles to the larger picture.

265. Lasnik, Howard. Essays on Restrictiveness and Learnability. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1990. ix, 269 pp. Collection of previously published papers, some coauthored, on restrictiveness of generative grammars. Papers concern the power of transformations, conditions on transformations, filters, and the interaction between restrictiveness and learnability. Earliest paper is 1977.

266. Lasnik, Howard. "Subjects and the 6-criterion". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.1-17 (Feb. 1988). Considers how the object of a passive by-phrase receives its 6-role. Suggests that a subject 6-role be assigned structurally to NP of S or NP, or object of by.

267. Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito. "On the Nature of Proper Government". Linguistic Inquiry 15.235-289 (Spring 1984). Discusses the Empty Category Principle, addressing issues such as the definition of proper government, at which levels of grammar the principle applies, and the relationship between the Empty Category Principle and other principles of the grammar.

268. Lebeaux, David. "Locality and Anaphoric Binding". The Linguistic Review 4.343-363 (June 1985). Discusses some issues in anaphoric binding within the framework of governmentbinding theory. Argues that properties of locally bound anaphora follow from features of the predication of their antecedents.

51


269. Lefebvre, Claire and Pieter Muysken. "Raising as Move Case". The Linguistic Review 2.161-210 (Dec. 1982). Argues that raising, wh-movement across clause boundaries, and raising to a subject position are instances of a rule 'move Case' which is a particular application of the general rule 'move a'. Quechua data.

270. Levine, Robert D. "Against Reanalysis Rules". Linguistic Analysis 14.3-30 (1984). Argues that reanalysis rules are unnecessary and poorly motivated, concentrating on Chomsky's (1981) reanalysis rule for tough movement and Hornstein and Weinberg's (1981) explanation of preposition stranding.

271. Levine, Robert D. "Downgrading Constructions in GPSG". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.123-135 (Feb. 1989). In response to the claims made by Farkas (1986) that the possibility of downgrading filler-gap dependencies does not exist in generalized phrase structure grammar, demonstrates the mechanisms which allow a gap to be higher than its filler in this theory.

272. Levine, Robert D. "A Note on Right Node Raising, Tough Constructions, and Reanalysis Rules". Linguistic Analysis 13.159-172 (1984). Claims that Chomsky's recent analyses of tough movement are untenable. Also notes weaknesses in generalized phrase structure grammar treatment.

273. Levine, Robert D. "On Focus Inversion: Syntactic valence and the role of a SUBCAT list". Linguistics 27.1013-1055 (1989). Discusses constructions of the form In the garden stands a fountain.

Argues that

the preverbal PP is not moved but base-generated. Proposes two possible analyses using a generalized phrase structure grammar model.

274. Li, Yafei. "X° Binding and Verb Incorporation". Linguistic Inquiry 21.399-426 (Summer 1990). Modifies Baker's (1988) analysis of verb incorporation, working in a governmentbinding model of grammar in order to obviate some problems in the data. Uses examples from various languages.

52

GENERAL STUDIES

275. Longobardi, Giuseppe. "Connectedness, Scope, and C-command*. Linguistic Inquiry 16.163-192 (Spring 1985). Proposes that a version of Kayne's (1983) Connectedness Condition should replace the requirement that antecedents c-command their gaps. Supports his argument with data from Italian.

276. Luelsdorff, Philip C. "Parameters of Government". Theoretical Linguistics 15.217-240 (1988/89). Claims that relationships of government and binding hold for orthography as well as syntax. In both domains these relationships derive from the interaction between text and context.

277. McCawley, James D. "Parentheticals and Discontinuous Constituent Structures". Linguistic Inquiry 13.91-106 (Winter 1982). Claims that the arguments against discontinuous structures are not well-motivated. Argues that these structures have superior descriptive adequacy.

278. McCloskey, James. "A Note on Modern Irish Verbal Nouns and the VP-complement Analysis". Linguistic Analysis 6.345-357 (Nov. 1980). Concludes that the VP-complement analysis for English infinitival complements does not extend to Irish verbal nouns.

279. McDaniel, Dana. "Partial and Multiple Wh-movement". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.565-604 (Nov. 1989). Analyzes two types of wh-construction in German and Romani within a government-binding framework. These constructions are the result of movement of a wh -phrase to the COMP of a CP (S') lower than the one over which the whphrase takes scope. Argues that the data can be accounted for by considering subjacency to be a condition on representation rather than on movement.

280. Mallén, Enrique. "Genitive Clitics and Nominal Infi". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 35.237-263 (Sep. 1990). Examines genitive clitics in Spanish and English. Argues that the clitic in Spanish is base generated in its prenominal position, while the English genitive pronoun is moved by NP movement to a nominal specifier position. Takes a governmentbinding approach.


53

281. Manaster-Ramer, Alexis. "Dutch as a Formal Language". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.221-246 (May 1987). Claims that the notion of strong generative capacity cannot be used to decide between competing linguistic models. Explores the possibility of using classificatory capacity as an alternative criterion. An argument from classificatory capacity is used to indicate the inadequacy of context-free grammars in Dutch.

282. Manaster-Ramer, Alexis & Michael B. Kac. "The Concept of Phrase Structure". Linguistics and Philosophy 13.325-362 (June 1990). Reviews the history of debates about phrase structure grammars. Argues that the particular model of phrase structure assumed makes a difference in the predictions of the theory. Demonstrates that the model underlying modern theories of grammar is highly restricted in its ability to account for some common syntactic structures.

283. Manning, Alan D. "Tense and Structure of Clause Types". Lingua 67.25-36 (Sep. 1985). Argues against a generative hypothesis that uses a system of filters to explain unacceptable sentences. Posits instead a model in which a sentence must constitute two internally consistent domains (subject and predicate) mediated by tense or be found unacceptable. Claims that this model gives a principled account of constraints on root and embedded clauses.

284. Manzini, Maria Rita. "On Control and Control Theory". Linguistic Inquiry 14.421-446 (Summer 1983). Claims that the control theory of government-binding is basically a configurational theory. Moreover, control theory and binding theory are essentially one.

285. Marantz, Alec P. On the Nature of Grammatical Relations. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984. vii, 339 pp. Based on the author's dissertation. Proposes a level of logico-semantic structure and claims that syntactic relations are the grammaticalized counterparts of logicosemantic relations in sentences. The two levels of linguistic representation are related to each other through general principles of the grammar. Arguments are supported with examples from several languages.

54

GENERAL STUDIES

286. Massam, Diane. "Cognate Objects as Thematic Objects". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 35.161-190 (June 1990). Argues that the cognate object in a sentence such as Dorothea smiled a smile should be analyzed as a syntactic direct object which receives a 0-role of patient. Works in a government-binding framework.

287. Maxwell, Michael. "Against For-deletion". Linguistic Analysis 17.4377 (1987). Argues that there is no rule of for-deletion such as is supposed to apply in complements of want-class verbs. Proposes instead multiple subcategorization for this type of verb.

288. May, Robert. "Movement and Binding". Linguistic Inquiry 12.215243 (Spring 1981). Addresses the problem of overgeneration for recent transformational models of grammar. Claims that the appearance of problematic sentences follows from other independently functioning principles of the grammar. Concentrates on properties of the logical form.

289. May, Robert and Jan Koster, eds. Levels of Syntactic Representation. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1981. 302 pp. Ten articles based on a colloquium given in Paris in 1979. Inspired by Chomsky's Pisa lectures, which later developed into government-binding theory. Examines several European languages in light of the principles of this developing theory with respect to binding, c-command, movement and logical form.

290. Mchombo, Sam and Al D. Mtanje. "Noncyclic Grammar". Linguistic Analysis 11.219-236 (March 1983). Using examples from Bantu, argues that the application of the rule 'move a' results in an unnecessarily complex grammar. However, without this rule, the notion of cyclic grammar is greatly weakened. Demonstrates that languages like Bantu are best analyzed non-cyclically, without transformations and empty categories.

291. Mel'ëuk, Igor' A. Dependency Syntax: Theory and Practice. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1988. xx, 428 pp.


55

Presents the dependency syntax model as a detailed formalism for describing natural language. Dependency syntax relies on semantic relationships in its descriptions, rather than on constituency, as phrase structure grammars do. First section of the book is an overview of the model. Part II discusses the concept of surface-syntactic relations. Remaining parts of the book treat different issues from the point of view of dependency syntax. Considers a number of languages.

292. Miyara, Shinsho. "Reordering in English". Linguistic Analysis 12.271-314 (Oct. 1983). Discusses Bach's (1979) rule of right-wrap. Claims that operations such as rightwrap, heavy NP shift, and extraposition are based on a general structural configuration affected by a convention for structural reduction.

293. Modini, Paul. "Ergative Syntax in Relative Clauses from a Functional Perspective". Linguistische Berichte 92.1-5 (August 1984). Uses functional grammar to explain the existence of ergative syntax in relative clauses in certain ergative languages.

294. Mohanan, K[arnvannur] P[uthanveettil]. "Functional and Anaphoric Control". Linguistic Inquiry 14.641-674 (Fall 1983). Discusses aspects of control within lexical-functional and government-binding theories. Argues that control is not configurational, but is a functional structure phenomenon in lexical-functional grammar and part of the lexical structure in government-binding grammar.

295. Mohanan, K[arnvannur] P[uthanveettil]. "Lexical and Configurational Structures". The Linguistic Review 3.113-139 (Dec. 1983). Demonstrates the need to assume different rules of c-command at the configurational and lexical levels of the grammar. Proposes that reflexive binding, disjoint reference, control, case assignment, and NP movement are at lexical structure while pronominal non-coreference, wh-movement, and quantifier scope belong to configurational structure.

296. Mohanan, K[arnvannur] P[uthanveettil]. "On Locally Bound Anaphora". Linguistic Analysis 13.329-331 (1984).

56

GENERAL STUDIES

Examines Brame's theory of locally bound anaphora and points out that the distribution of reflexives in various languages provides a number of counterexamples. Brame replies in following article.

297. Mohanan, K[arnvannur] P[uthanveettil]. "Operator Binding and the Path Containment Condition". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.357-396 (Nov. 1984). Argues that gap binding and operator binding must be interpreted as distinct relations, using evidence from Malayalam. Shows that operator binding in this language is subject to Pesetsky's Path Containment Condition (1982), requiring that if two paths overlap, one must contain the other, but gap binding is not.

298. Morley, G.D. "Agentivity: A componential functional approach". Lingua 60.177-182 (June/July 1983). Reviews the treatment of agentivity in case-based grammars such as those of Fillmore and Halliday. Then proposes an account of agentivity using a framework of features which spans three functional dimensions.

299. Munsat, Stanley. "Wh-complementizers". Linguistics and Philosophy 9.191-217 (May 1986). Argues that embedded and indirect wh-questions have two different complementizers at deep structure—wh-Q and wh-that. Complements introduced by that have that and wh-that at deep structure.

300. Muysken, Pieter. "Predication Chains: Case and argument status in Quechua and Turkish". Linguistic Inquiry 20.627-646(Fall 1989). Claims that the relation between subject and predicate constitutes a type of chain. Extends this notion to discontinuous elements having the same case marking and related at logical form level.

301. Muysken, Pieter & Henk van Riemsdijk, eds. Features and Projections. Dordrecht & Riverton, N. J.: Foris, 1986. xviii, 254 pp. A collection of articles with the goal of systematically considering issues related to syntactic features. Articles discuss questions such as how many features there are, the nature of those features, and how they are distributed over syntactic structures.


57

302. Nakajima, Heizo. "COMP as a SUBJECT". The Linguistic Review 4.121-152 (Dec. 1984). Hypothesizes that COMP is a SUBJECT (a category heretofore including subject and AGR). Demonstrates the consequences for principles of binding in government-binding theory. Discusses pronouns, anaphora, and some rightward movement rules.

303. Nakajima, Heizo. "Kiss's Case Transmittance Approach and the Binding Path Approach to Parasitic Gaps". The Linguistic Review 5.335-344 (1985/1986). Claims that English parasitic gap phenomena can be better handled by the binding path approach than by the case transmittance approach of Kiss (1985). Kiss replies in The Linguistic Review 6.

304. Nakajima, Heizo. "On the Case Adjacency Condition". Linguistic Analysis 17.185-198 (1987). Discusses the government-binding condition that restricts structural case assignment to a strictly adjacent position. Points out that the definition of adjacency needs to be reformulated to explain why case assignment can occur over an adverb.

305. Nakajima, Heizo. "Three Empty Category Principles as Licensing Conditions on Binding Paths". The Linguistic Review 5.223-245 (1985/1986). Following recent work by Chomsky and others, formulates three principles of empty categories in terms of licensed binding paths. Replaces the notion of proper government with one of sisterhood.

306. Nakajima, Heizo. "The V4 system and Bounding Category". Linguistic Analysis 9.341-378 (June 1982). Posits a fourth level of VP to accommodate two types of sentential adverbs. Investigates the implications for phrase structure expansion and movement rules.

307. Nanni, Deborah L. "On the Surface Syntax of Constructions With Easy-type Adjectives". Language 56.568-581 (Sep. 1980).

58

GENERAL STUDIES

Proposes that sequences such as easy to please and hard to read are structurally ambiguous, having both lexical and syntactic derivations. This hypothesis can explain their behavior and distribution.

308. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Missing Complement Sentences in English: A base analysis of null complement anaphora". Linguistic Analysis 12.1-28 (July 1983). Argues that certain incomplete sentences used as responses to questions (e.g., I suppose) are base-generated and not the result of complement deletion or empty complements. Offers a semantic interpretation of these sentences.

309. Napoli, Donna Jo. Predication Theory: A Case Study for Indexing Theory. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1989. ix, 369 pp. Attempts to develop a semantically oriented approach to predication within a version of government-binding theory. 6-role assignment, predication coindexing, and anaphora are major topics. Examples from English and Italian.

310. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Verb Phrase Deletion in English: A basegenerated analysis". Journal of Linguistics 21.281-319 (Sep. 1985). Argues for an analysis of VP deletion in which the auxiliary verb preceding the deleted phrase is actually a proform representing that phrase. There is thus no empty category following the auxiliary.

311. Napoli, Donna Jo & Jack Hoeksema. "A Condition on Circular Chains: A restatement of i-within-i". Journal of Linguistics 26.403424 (Sep. 1990). Authors review the history of the disjoint reference condition known as i-within-i and conclude that many of the data used to motivate it can be better explained by other constraints on the grammar.

312. Neijt, Anneke. "Gaps and Remnants—Sentence Grammar Aspects of Gapping". Linguistic Analysis 8.69-93 (July 1981). Argues that gapping is constrained by locality principles. Claims that gapping is subject to some of the same constraints as movement.


59

313. Nichols, Johanna & Anthony C. Woodbury, eds. Grammar Inside and Outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory From the Field. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985. vi, 419 pp. Presents theoretical work on the syntax of the clause arising from fieldwork on languages widely different from English, including Yupik Eskimo, Ngandi, Chippewa, Chinook, Nootkan, and Lakhota. Utilizes a variety of theories, but all eleven papers are concerned with the clause as a basic grammatical entity.

314. Nishigauchi, Taisuke. "Control and the Thematic Domain". Language 60.215-250 (June 1984). Discusses control relations, primarily between the empty category PRO and its antecedent, and claims that they are based primarily on thematic relations. Proposes a locality principle of control based on the idea of thematic domain.

315. Obenauer, Hans-Georg. "On the Identification of Empty Categories". The Linguistic Review 4.153-202 (Dec. 1984). Examines the French 'quantification at a distance' construction (e.g., Max a beaucoup vendu de papier). Facts of this and related constructions suggest that a representational rather than a derivational way of identifying empty categories is correct.

316. Oehrle, R[ichard] T. "Czepluch on the English Dative Constructions: A case for reanalysis". The Linguistic Review 3.165180 (Dec. 1983). Discusses Czepluch's (1982) analysis of datives and argues that it is not superior to his own earlier proposal (1975).

317. Oehrle, R[ichard] T. "Inaccessibility of the Inner NP: Corrections and speculations". Linguistic Analysis 12.159-171 (Sep. 1983). Argues against Whitney (1982), which claims that datives are derived from a movement rule. Supports the hypothesis that datives are a lexical alternation. Whitney replies in following issue {Linguistic Analysis 13).

318. Ogle, Richard. "Redefining the Scope of Root Transformations". Linguistics 19.119-146 (1981). Reformulates Emonds's definition of root transformations (1976) to include only 'comma-inducing' and inversion rules. Other rules classified by Emonds as root

60

GENERAL STUDIES

transformations are redefined as base substitution operations on the basis of their occurrence in embedded clauses.

319. O'Grady, William D. "The Derived Intransitive Construction in English". Lingua 52.57-72 (Sep./Oct. 1980). Demonstrates that derived intransitive constructions (e.g., I don't scare easily) are characterized by a subject-verb relation in which properties of the referent of the grammatical subject either facilitate or hinder the development of the event denoted by the verb. Claims that this treatment of derived intransitives is superior to treatments in transformational models.

320. O'Grady, William. "Foundations of a Theory of Case". Studies in Language 4.229-248 (1980). Develops a theory which claims that any particular case system is the result of the interaction between a core system of predication and other autonomous systems of the grammar.

321. O'Grady, William. "Remarks on Thematically Governed Predication". Linguistic Analysis 9.119-134 (March 1982). Discusses Williams's (1980) work on predication. Claims that the thematically governed type of predicate can be eliminated from the grammar if certain postjacent modifiers are considered adverbial rather than adjectival.

322. O'Grady, William. "The Syntax and Semantics of Quantifier Placement". Linguistics 20.519-539 (1982). Argues that quantifiers like each, both, and all are adverbials that are potentially anaphoric. Demonstrates that this assumption can explain various restrictions on their distribution.

323. O'Grady, William D. "The Universal Characterization of Passivization". Linguistic Analysis 6.393-405 (Nov. 1980). Discusses Postal and Perlmutter's (1977) analysis of passivization. Argues that it does not take into account the differences between lexical and transformational passives.

324. Ohkado, Masayuki. "Transitive Adjectives and the Theory of Case". Lingua 81.241-262 (July 1990).


61

Argues that the ability to assign inherent case is independent of the feature specification of each category. Supports the argument with data from Old English and German.

325. Oirsouw, Robert R. van. "A Linear Approach to Coordinate Deletion". Linguistics 23.363-390 (1985). Collapses rules of deletion under identity into one coordinate deletion rule which operates on linear sequences of constraints rather than on structures.

326. Oirsouw, R[obert] van. "Coordinate Deletion and n-ary Branching Nodes". Journal of Linguistics 19.305-319 (Sep. 1983). Investigates constraints on deletion under identity in coordinate structures.

327. Ojeda, Almerindo E. "A Linear Precedence Account of Crossserial Dependencies". Linguistics and Philosophy 11.457-492 (Nov. 1988). Considers the issue of context-free grammars. Develops an extension of the generalized phrase structure theory of immediate dominance and linear precedence which can account for cross-serial dependencies in Swiss German.

328. Olsen, Susan. "On Non-overt and Pronominal Head Nouns in the English Noun Phrase". Linguistische Berichte 112.470-503 (Dec. 1987). Uses government-binding theory to analyze the conditions under which the head noun of an NP is not phonologically realized. Discusses Jackendoff s (1977) treatment of these structures. Also describes the distribution of the nominal proform one/ones.

329. Owens, Jonathan. "The Evaluation of Features in a Systemic Dependency Grammar". Lingua 55.123-140 (Oct./Nov. 1981). Discusses Hudson's daughter-dependency grammar and proposes some constraints on the use of features. Also discusses Hudson's constraint on disjunctions and concludes that it is too strong.

330. Owens, Jonathan. "On Getting a Head: A problem in dependency grammar". Lingua 62.25-42 (Jan./Feb. 1984).

62

GENERAL STUDIES

Surveys a number of criteria that have been proposed for defining the notions 'head' and 'dependent', and concludes that none of the syntactic criteria achieve the desired results. Argues that head and dependent do not need to be primitives in a grammar although the notion of a dependency relation can be useful.

331. Paillet, Jean-Pierre & André Dugas, with the collaboration of Judith McA'Nulty. Approaches to Syntax. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1982. viii, 282 pp. An enhanced version of the authors' Principes D'Analyse Syntaxique (1973), taking new developments in syntactic theory into account. First eleven chapters briefly survey historical approaches to grammar through the 1960s. Traditional grammar, structuralism, and theories of Bloomfield, Martinet, Pike, Tesnière, Halliday, and Harris are included. Chapters 12-14 review Chomsky's early work in generative grammar. Last three chapters discuss more recent developments in transformational generative grammar, stepwise grammar, and pragmatics.

332. Palmer, F[rank] R[obert]. Mood and Modality. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986. xii, 243 pp. Considers data from many different languages in order to develop a principled description of modality. Examines modality as a category and reviews earlier proposed definitions. Discusses epistemic and deontic modality and the relation of modality to other grammatical categories.

333. Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey. "Vacuous Relatives and the (Non-) Context-freeness of English". Linguistics and Philosophy 11.255-260 (August 1988). Discusses papers by Higginbotham (1984) and Pullum (1985) concerning whether vacuous relatives (using such that) provide evidence that English is not a contextfree language. Concludes that vacuous relatives are not a good means of proving or disproving context-freeness.

334. Penelope, Julia. Topicalization: The rhetorical strategies it serves and the interpretive strategies it imposes". Linguistics 20.683-695 (1982). Argues that topicalization is not a grammatical structure, but a pragmatic rule, used by speakers as a rhetorical device.


63

335. Perlmutter, David M., ed. Studies in Relational Grammar. Volume 1. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1983. 412 pp. 336. Perlmutter, David M. and Carol G. Rosen, eds. Studies in Relational Grammar. Volume 2. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1984. 385 pp. Each volume contains ten essays analyzing a language or languages within the theoretical framework of relational grammar, which takes grammatical relations rather than phrase structure configurations as primitives. Papers deal with both general proposals for the theory and aspects of a specific language.

337. Pesetsky, David. "Complementizer-trace Phenomena and the Nominative Island Condition". The Linguistic Review 1297-343 (March 1982). Suggests a new explanation for the constraint which prohibits wh-movement out of the subject position of an embedded clause headed by a complementizer. Works in the extended standard theory.

338. Peterson, Peter G. "Problems with Constraints on Coordination". Linguistic Analysis 8.449-460 (Dec. 1981). Demonstrates that identity of syntactic category is not sufficient or necessary for coordination. States a necessary condition in terms of functional equivalence.

339. Pinkham, Jessie. "On Comparative Ellipsis". Linguistic Analysis 13.183-193 (1984). Reviews theories of comparative ellipsis. Distinguishes between comparisons of numerical quantities and other comparatives. Proposes a condition which prevents subparts of the verbal unit from being deleted.

340. Plank, Frans, ed. Objects: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London & Orlando, Fla.: Academic Press, 1984. x, 302 pp. A collection of thirteen articles which investigate the properties of direct and indirect objects in different languages. Papers generally approach the question of how to identify and define objects in a particular language, illustrating the difficulty of formulating a universal definition of object. Several different theoretical points of view.

64

GENERAL STUDIES

341. Plann, Susan. "On F.R. Higgins's Analysis of Comparative Ellipsis". Linguistic Analysis 9.395-403 (June 1982). Author is concerned with problems in Higgins's (1973) analysis. Formulates an alternative hypothesis for the data in question.

342. Pollock, Jean Yves. "Verb Movement, Universal Grammar, and the Structure of IP". Linguistic Inquiry 20.365-424 (Summer 1989). Discusses differences between French and English with respect to negation, quantification, questions, and adverbs. Argues that these are due to an abstract parameter involving tense and agreement.

343. Postal, Paul M. "The Generalization (71) Follows from Trace Theory". Linguistic Analysis 9.277-284 (April 1982). Presents counterexamples to the that-tracc filter (*[s that [e]...]) of Chomsky and Lasnik (1977).

344. Prideaux, Gary D. & William J. Baker. Strategies and Structures: The Processing of Relative Clauses. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1986. ix, 197 pp. Authors hypothesize a number of strategies for processing relative clauses. Data mostly taken from English, but some discussion of other languages.

345. Pullum, Geoffrey K. & Robert D. Borsley. "Comments on the Two Central Claims of 'Trace Theory'". Linguistics 18.73-104 (1980). Authors characterize the two central claims of trace theory as: 1) the existence of a parallel between transformational movement and certain anaphoric processes, and 2) the non-necessity of applying semantic rules to another level than surface structure. They argue that these claims are not well-supported.

346. Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Gerald Gazdar. "Natural Languages and Context-Free Languages". Linguistics and Philosophy 4.471-504 (1982). Authors contend that arguments that natural languages are context-sensitive are all either empirically or formally incorrect. Therefore, the context-freeness of languages remains a viable possibility.


65

347. Ransom, Evelyn N. Complementation: Its Meanings and Forms. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1986. viii, 226 pp. Semantic classification of noun clauses in subject or object position. Attempts to establish connections between meaning and form, focusing on English. Analysis is proposed in a generative semantics type of theory.

348. Reinhart, Tanya, "Coreference and Bound Anaphora: A restatement of the anaphora questions". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.47-88 (Feb. 1983). Argues that many complications in anaphora theory may be avoided if a distinction is made between the bound variable interpretation of pronouns and their referential interpretation. Proposes that the only sentence-level machanism needed for anaphora is one concerning the interpretation of pronouns as bound variables.

349. Reinhart, Tanya. "Definite NP Anaphora and C-command Domains". Linguistic Inquiry 12.605-635 (Fall 1981). Argues that constituent command (c-command) is crucial in defining restrictions on the interpretation of anaphora. Summarizes and supports author's earlier work.

350. Reuland, Eric. "Governing -ing". Linguistic Inquiry 14.101-136 (Winter 1983). Considers aspects of NP-ing gerund constructions in English, using governmentbinding theory. Argues that the construction is an S' and uses certain of its properties to support some specific theoretical proposals.

351. Riddle, Elizabeth & Gloria Sheintuch. "A Functional Analysis of Pseudo-passives". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.527-563 (Nov. 1983). Proposes a functional analysis which treats passives and pseudopassives in a unified way. Argues that NPs referring to role prominent participants become passives or pseudopassives.

352. Riemsdijk, Henk van & Edwin Williams. "NP-structure". The Linguistic Review 1.171-217 (Dec. 1981). Article proposes a level of representation called NP-structure, the output of NP movement rules but input to wh-movements. Argues that the existence of such a level allows a satisfactory explanation for a number of properties that cannot otherwise be reasonably accounted for.

66

GENERAL STUDIES

353. Riviere, Claude. "Modal Adjectives: Transformations, synonymy, and complementation". Lingua 59.1-45 (Jan. 1983). Considers modal adjectives in English with respect to an operation of modalization. Claims that relations of synonymy between different types of complements are accounted for by the application of a semantically motivated type of transformation, which also can help to explain the absence of a for NP subject in the to complement of some adjectives.

354. Rizzi, Luigi. Relativized Minimality. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1990. x, 147 pp. Reformulates the Minimality Principle. Examines the results of this approach for the Empty Category Principle, that-t effects, and argument/adjunct asymmetries which are connected with certain extraction processes.

355. Roberge, Yves. "Subject Doubling, Free Inversion, and Null Argument Languages". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 31.55-79 (Spring 1986). Using data from the northern Italian dialect of Trentino and colloquial French, author proposes that the clitic of double subject constructions is generated in INFL. Considers the consequences for pro-drop phenomena. Critiques Safir's (1982) analysis of Trentino.

356. Roberts, John R. "Amele Switch Reference and the Theory of Grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 19.45-63 (Winter 1988). Attempts to demonstrate that Finer's (1985) analysis of switch reference using government-binding theory cannot account for certain facts, particularly in the Papua New Guinea language of Amele. Presents evidence that Amele switch reference has a discourse function.

357. Rochement, Michael. "Topic Islands and the Subjacency Parameter". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 34.145-170 (June 1989). Analyzes topic constructions in terms of Chomsky's (1986) Barriers framework. Specifically is concerned with the constraint on further extraction around a topic. Supports a hypothesis in which a topic is adjoined to IP (S).


67

358. Roeper, Thomas. "Implicit Arguments and the Head-complement Relation". Linguistic Inquiry 18.267-310 (Spring 1987). Argues that thematic roles may retain their syntactic function although they are not overtly expressed. The presence of these implicit arguments requires a revision in the formulation of the 8-criterion of Chomsky (1981).

359. Rooryck, Johan. "Gapping-zeugma in French and English: A non-deletion analysis". Linguistic Analysis 15.187-229 (1985). Notes weaknesses in deletion theories of gapping. Proposes an analysis integrating semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic levels, using a rule of transmission.

360. Rosen, Sara Thomas. "Two Types of Noun Incorporation: A lexical analysis". Language 65.294-317 (June 1989). Argues that noun incorporation is not the result of movement into the verb, but rather, derives from word formation rules which apply presyntactically.

361. Rudenko, Juhani. "On Understood Subjects in Pseudocleft Sentences in English". Linguistics 25.581-593 (1987). Argues that pseudocleft sentences with a VP or AdjP focus in fact have a sentential NP with a PRO subject as focus. Categorial identity and the Projection Principle are used to support this claim.

362. Rudin, Catherine. "On Multiple Questions and Multiple WH Fronting". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.445-502 (Nov. 1988). Using data mostly from Slavic languages, author investigates the properties of languages which front all instances of wh-phrases at s-structure. Argues for particular structures using principles of government-binding.

363. Sadock, Jerrold M. "Autolexical Syntax: A proposal for the treatment of noun incorporation and similar phenomena". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.379-439 (Nov. 1985). Examines cliticization and noun incorporation in an autolexical framework which assumes that the syntactic and morphological components assign two separate representations to each expression.

68

GENERAL STUDIES

364. Safir, Ken[neth J.] "Inflection-government and Inversion". The Linguistic Review 1.417-467 (June 1982). Adapts the notion of government to explain a number of 'second position' and inversion phenomena, such as verb second in German, subject-auxiliary inversion in English, and stylistic inversions in French.

365. Safir, Ken[neth J.] "Multiple Variable Binding". Linguistic Inquiry 15.603-638 (Fall 1984). Investigates constraints on the distribution of variables in sentences where one operator binds more than one variable. Formulates a parallelism constraint on operator binding.

366. Safir, Ken[neth J.] "Relative Clauses in a Theory of Binding and Levels". Linguistic Inquiry 17.663-689 (Fall 1986). Distinguishes two types of binding in relative clauses, depending on the position of the antecedent. Argues for a level of LF' based on this distinction. Discusses the potential influence of this hypothesis on the analysis of resumptive pronouns.

367. Safir, Kenneth J. Syntactic Chains. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985. xiv, 395 pp. Based on the author's doctoral work. Central proposal is the Unity of Indexing Hypothesis, which states that there is only one type of index for coindexing of NPs. Explores implications of this claim for government-binding theory. Includes a chapter contrasting Italian and Portuguese with French and English.

368. Safir, Ken[neth J.] "The Syntactic Projection of Lexical Thematic Structure". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.561-601 (Nov. 1987). Investigates the question of how thematic structure in the lexicon is mapped onto syntactic structure. Concludes that external arguments must be defined within their structural context, relative to an internal argument or maximal projection. Argues that this analysis supports a government-binding method of constructing grammatical functions.

369. Sag, Ivan A. "On Parasitic Gaps". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.35-45 (Feb. 1983).


69

Proposes an analysis of parasitic gaps within the framework of generalized phrase structure grammar.

370. Sag, Ivan A. [et al.] "Coordination and How to Distinguish Categories". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.117-171 (May 1985). Presents an analysis of coordination using the generalized phrase structure model of grammar. Proposes a condition on conjunct identity which will exclude a number of previously problematic unacceptable conjunctions.

371. Saksena, Anuradha. "The Source of Causative Contrast". Lingua 51.125-136 (June/July 1980). Makes the claim that the prevailing characterization of causatives as having an extra NP is incorrect, using Hindi examples. Proposes an alternative view of causative as a backgrounding/foregrounding mechanism.

372. Salkoff, Morris. "Analysis By Fusion". Lingvisticae Investigationes 12.49-84 (1988). Analyzes sentences of the type Max elbowed his way through the crowd. Argues that the verbs in these types of sentences constitute an open class.

373. Sankoff, David & Sylvie Mainville. "Code-switching of Context- free Grammars". Theoretical Linguistics 13.75-90 (1986). Authors use a context-free phrase structure grammar as a model for a bilingual grammar. They concentrate on the problem of intrasentential code-switching between languages with different word orders.

374. Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. "The Thetic/categorial Distinction Revisited". Linguistics 25.511-580 (1987). Reexamines syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic differences between thetic and categorial sentences. Demonstrates that categorial sentences are predicative, while thetic sentences are not. Argues that this difference is reflected in syntactic behavior, discourse function, and semantics.

375. Schachter, Paul. "Lovely to Look At". Linguistic Analysis 8.431-448 (Dec. 1981).

70

GENERAL STUDIES

Considers the problems for transformational analyses posed by sentences of the type Mary is lovely to look at. Uses daughter dependency grammar to formulate an alternative analysis.

376. Schachter, Paul. "A Note on Syntactic Categories and Coordination in GPSG". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.269-281 (Sep. 1984). Discusses the Coordinate Structure Constraint of Gazdar (1981). Points out that this constraint, together with a generalized phrase structure grammar formulation of a reflexive rule, will incorrectly rule out a number of coordinate structures involving reflexives.

377. Sells, Peter. "Binding Resumptive Pronouns". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.261-298 (August 1987). Uses data from Swedish, Irish, Welsh, and Hebrew to explore the conditions governing the distribution of resumptive pronouns. Argues that it is case assignment, not the binding theory, that is crucial to an explanation of this distribution.

378. Sgall, Petr & Jarmila Panevova. "Dependency Syntax—A Challenge". Theoretical Linguistics 15.73-86 (1988/89). Outlines ways in which dependency grammar is superior to models based on constituency or categories.

379. Sheintuch, Gloria. "On the Notion Verbal Unit and Its Relevance to Certain Syntactic Constructions". Linguistics 19.325-255 (1981). Demonstrates how treatment of non-idiomatic verb plus direct object sequences as units has value in explaining the distribution of processes such as tough movement, gapping, and passive.

380. Shibatani, Masayoshi. "Passives and Related Constructions: A prototype analysis". Language 61.821-848 (Dec. 1985). Relates passives to reflexives, reciprocals, spontaneous, potential, honorific and plural formations. Argues that present theories of passive are unable to account for these correlations, but that they can be explained with a prototype approach to grammar. Examples from a wide variety of languages.


71

381. Shieber, Stuart M. "Direct Parsing of ID/LP Grammars". Linguistics and Philosophy 7.135-154 (May 1984). Discusses the Immediate Dominance/Linear Precedence formalism of generalized phrase structure grammar. Develops a parsing algorithm which allows ID/LP grammars to be parsed directly without expanding them into context-free grammars.

382. Shieber, Stuart M. "Evidence against the Context-Freeness of Natural Language". Linguistics and Philosophy 8.333-343 (August 1985). Presents evidence for the weak non-context-freeness of natural language, using data from Swiss German. Provides a formal proof.

383. Siewierska, Anna. "Another Theory of the Passive Which Doesn't Work". Linguistics 21.557-571 (1983). Discusses an article by Cureton (1979) which proposes a pragmatic solution to exceptions to passivization. Claims that Cureton's criteria exclude many grammatical passives. Particularly argues against the notion that passivization is related to a verb's historical status as stative.

384. Singh, Rajendra. "Grammatical Constraints on Code-Mixing: Evidence from Hindi-English". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 30.33-45 (Spring 1985). Describes a number of constraints on Hindi-English code switching, focusing on the specifier constraint, which requires that specifier numbers be in Hindi, though the head may be in English. Suggests that the constraints may be arranged hierarchically.

385. Smaby, Richard & Philip Baldi. "Particle and Dative Movement Reconsidered". Linguistic Analysis 7.171-186 (March 1981). Claims that dative movement is a two-part movement of a focused constituent rightward and an unfocused constituent leftward. Uses this analysis as a basis for explaining the interaction of dative with other movement rules.

386. Sobin, Nicholas. "On Gapping and Discontinuous Constituent Structure". Linguistics 20.727-745 (1982).

72

GENERAL STUDIES Argues against work by McCawley (1982) allowing constituent structure to be discontinuous. Examines gapped constructions and concludes that a rule of gapping similar to Hudson's (1976) can better account for the data.

387. Sobin, Nicholas. "The Variable Status of Comp-trace Phenomena". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 533-60 (Feb. 1987). Discusses the borderline acceptability of sentences like who did you say that kissed Harriet, although they are supposedly blocked by the Empty Category Principle. Proposes an extension of Pesetsky's (1982) fusion mechanism to account for both the variable acceptability of these sentences and the complete unacceptability of other complementizer-trace phenomena.

388. Somers, Harold L. "On the Validity of the Complement Adjunct Distinction in Valency Grammar". Linguistics 22.507-530 (1984). Reviews the treatment of the complement-adjunct distinction, demonstrating that it is not straightforwardly binary. Argues rather that there is a six-point scale of predicate-argument binding.

389. Sornicola, Roseanna. "It-clefts and Wh-clefts: Two awkward sentence types". Journal of Linguistics 24.343-379 (Sep. 1988). Takes a multi-factor approach to analysis of the constituent structure of clefts. Argues that a rigid functional separation of subject and predicate results in descriptive problems for these constructions.

390. Speas, Margaret J. Phrase Structure in Natural Language. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1990. xi, 312 pp. Studies the projection of underlying structures from the lexicon, taking as a starting point Stowell's (1981) proposal that universal grammar does not include phrase structure rules. Chapters cover modularity in phrase structure, licensing, configurationality parameters, and an analysis of projections and parsing in Navaho.

391. Starosta, Stanley. The Case for Lexicase: An Outline of Lexicase Grammatical Theory. London & New York: Frances Pinter, 1988. xii, 273 pp. According to the Foreword, the first book published about the lexicase theory, which is based on the notion of the centrality of the lexicon. The grammar


73

features of lexical items. Sentences are linked together through hierarchical dependencies. Chapters describe the formal properties of lexicase theory and the organization of the grammar.

392. Steedman, Mark. "Combinatory Grammars and Parasitic Gaps". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.403-439 (Aug. 1987). Analyzes parasitic gaps within a model of combinatory grammar using functional composition, as proposed in the author's earlier work.

393. Steedman, Mark. "Dependency and Coordination in the Grammar of Dutch and English". Language 61.523-568 (Sep. 1985). Argues that a wide range of extraction and coordination phenomena in English and Dutch can be satisfactorily accounted for in the theory of categorial grammar, slightly extended. Discusses implications for incremental semantic interpretation.

394. Steedman, Mark J. "Gapping as Constituent Coordination". Linguistics and Philosophy 13.207-263 (April 1990). Uses a categorial grammar to show that gapping is the result of the same process as coordination.

395. Steele, Susan. "Subject Values". Language 65.537-578 (Sep. 1989). Proposes a theory of the notion 'subject' based on the idea that subject information can come from a number of different sources. Challenges the bifurcation of languages into either pro-drop or nominal subject types. Examples from Luiseño.

396. Steele, Susan, with Adrian Akmajian [et al.] An Encyclopedia of AUX: A Study in Cross-Linguistic Equivalence. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1981. 328 pp. Attempts to formulate a language-independent definition of AUX by providing a principled method of cross-linguistic comparison and applying it to a number of different languages. Includes sections on Lummi, Egyptian Arabic, Japanese and Luiseno. Appendices thoroughly discuss English and Germanic AUX.

397. Stowell, Tim. "Subjects Across Categories". The Linguistic Review 2.285-312 (March 1983).

74

GENERAL STUDIES Argues that all major structural categories contain a possible structural subject position. Discusses the implications for X-bar theory and other theories of government-binding.

398. Stroik, Thomas. "Expletive NPs in Object-position". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 35.13-27 (March 1990). Argues against Postal & Pullum (1988) which cites sentences such as I blame it on you that we can't go as evidence that expletives appear in a 6-marked position. Claims that it is in fact in the SPEC position of CP (S').

399. Stuurman, Frits J. Phrase Structure Theory in Generative Grammar. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. 265 pp. Version of author's dissertation. Concerned with the projection problem in language learning, especially X-bar theory. Reviews the history of X-bar theory, including work by Emonds and Jackendoff. Presents arguments against the uniform three-level, multiple projection-type version of the theory, and supports a single projection-type hypothesis.

400. Suner, Margarita. "Free Relatives and the Matching Parameter". The Linguistic Review 3.363-387 (June 1984). Addresses the phenomenon of relative clauses whose heads must match the subcategorization restrictions of the governing element. Using evidence from Spanish, author proposes an analysis involving INFL accessibility.

401. Takahashi, Kunitoshi. "On the Notion of 'Intransitive Predicates'". Linguistic Analysis 13.115-117 (1984). Notes the impossibility of extracting the object of a with-absolutive if it is followed by an intransitive preposition. Supports the adoption of the notion of intransitivity for an English grammar.

402. Takami, Ken-ichi. "The Syntax of //-clauses: Three types of ifclauses and X'-theory". Lingua 74.263-281 (April 1988). Claims that there are three types of subordinate if-clauses, each belonging to a different level of Vn. Argues that analyses proposed previously fail to capture the different features of different types of //-clauses.


75

403. Tanaka, Shichiro. "NP-structure and Principles". Linguistic Analysis 11.1-26 (Jan. 1983). Studies the interaction between a level of NP-structure and the grammatical modules of binding, bounding, case, and control.

404. Tanaka, Shichiro. "NP-structure, the Generalized Control Rule, and the ECP. Linguistic Analysis 15.257-267 (1985). Supports the syntactic level of NP-structure hypothesized by van Riemsdijk and Williams (1981). Argues that Huang's Generalized Control Rule and Lasnik and Saito's version of the Empty Category Principle must apply at a level of NPstructure for correct results.

405. Tsujimura, Natsuko. "The Unaccusative Hypothesis and Noun Classification". Linguistics 28.929-957 (1990). Extends Perlmutter's (1978) and Burzio's (1981, 1986) generalizations that verbs are divided into unaccusative and unergative to include nouns. Presents evidence from resultatives and accusative case assignment in Japanese.

406. Uszkoreit, Hans & Peters, Stanley. "On Some Formal Properties of Metarules". Linguistics and Philosophy 9.477-494 (Nov. 1986). Authors examine metarules in generalized phrase structure grammar and demonstrate that they can generate non-recursive languages. They conclude that these rules are therefore too powerful.

407. Van der Auwera, Johan. "Relative That—a Centennial Dispute". Journal of Linguistics 21.149-179 (March 1985). Reviews various hypotheses on the status of relative that.

408. Van Valin, Robert D., Jr. "Grammatical Relations in Ergative. Languages". Studies in Language 5.361-394 (1981). Reviews data from four ergative languages and finds that each differs from the others in terms of syntactic organization and definition of subject. Considers the implications of these facts for recent theories of ergative languages.

409. Van Valin, Robert D., Jr. "Semantic Parameters of Split Intransitivity". Language 66.221-260 (June 1990).

76

GENERAL STUDIES Argues that the phenomena explained by the Unaccusative Hypothesis (Perlmutter, 1978; Burzio 1981, 1986) are better accounted for semantically through role and reference grammar. Data from Italian and Acehnese.

410. Verheijen, Ron. "A Phrase-structure Syntax for Emphatic Selfforms". Linguistics 24.681-695 (1986). Presents a generalized phrase structure grammar analysis for non-reflexive selfforms used as intensifiers. Demonstrates that antecedent-reflexive agreement follows from restrictions on feature instantiation.

411. Warner, Anthony R. "Feature Percolation, Unary Features, and the Coordination of English NPs". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.39-54 (Feb. 1988). Discusses problems for the account of English coordination presented in Sag et al. (1985). Particularly addresses their use of unary features and proposes an alternative analysis which uses mechanisms of feature percolation instead.

412. Warner, Anthony R. "Multiple Heads and Minor Categories in Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar". Linguistics 27.179-205 (1989). Argues that 'complementizer + clause' and 'conjunction + constituent' are double headed constructions. Slightly modifies the status of minor categories with reference to the Head Feature Convention.

413. Whitney, Rosemarie. "The Syntactic Unity of Wh-movement and Complex NP Shift". Linguistic Analysis 10.299-319 (Dec. 1982). Deals with the interactions between wh-movement, heavy NP shift, and dative movement. Argues that the trace of heavy NP shift should be treated as a variable at logical form, parallel to that of wh-movement.

414. Wiese, Bernd. "Anaphora by Pronouns". Linguistics 21.373417(1983). Argues that transformational and interpretive approaches to anaphora are inadequate. Offers an account of pronoun anaphora based on speaker reference and a unified description of lexical entries for pronouns that specifies their meanings.


77

415. Wilkins, Wendy. "Adjacency and Variables in Syntactic Transformations". Linguistic Inquiry 11.709-758 (Fall 1980). Proposes a constraint on syntactic transformations which allows them to affect only adjacent terms. Adjacency is defined within a model using the Variable Interpretation Convention, developed in author's earlier work.

416. Wilkins, Wendy. "On the Nonnecessity of the Locality Principle—a Review of Chapter 3 of Locality Principles in Syntax by Jan Koster". Linguistic Analysis 8.111-144 (Sep. 1981). Attempts to show that Roster's Locality Principle can be derived from other constraints on the grammar, particularly a constraint allowing rules to affect only adjacent terms. It does not therefore need to be stated as a separate principle.

417. Wilkins, Wendy, ed. Thematic Relations. {Syntax and Semantics, 21). San Diego: Academic Press, 1988. xii, 308 pp. Thirteen papers focus on how thematic roles can be represented in the grammar and how grammatical relations are connected with particular noun phrases. Topics include case marking, predication, reflexivization, and passive formation. A variety of theoretical perspectives are represented.

418. Williams, Edwin S. "Against Small Clauses". Linguistic Inquiry 14.287-307 (Spring 1983). Argues that the complements of verbs such as consider in the sentence I consider John sick are not clausal. John is not a subject structurally, but only in the sense that it is an external argument.

419. Williams, Edwin. "The Anaphoric Nature of 0-roles". Linguistic Inquiry 20.425-456 (Summer 1989). Drawing on his previous work, author shows how 0-theory is part of binding theory. Argues that the 6-relation is one of asymmetric linking.

420. Williams, Edwin S. "Grammatical Relations". Linguistic Inquiry 15.639-673 (Fall 1984). Compares government-binding and lexical-functional grammar. Argues that properly formulated case and 0-theories obviate the necessity for a grammatical relations component such as lexical-functional grammar has.

78

GENERAL STUDIES

421. Williams, Edwin. "Implicit Arguments, the Binding Theory, and Control". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.151-180 (May 1987). Examines the notion that binding theory applies not to NPs but to the 6-roles that are assigned to NPs. Supports this possibility with evidence from implicit arguments.

422. Williams, Edwin S. "The NP Cycle". Linguistic Inquiry 13.277296(Spring 1982). Argues that apparent parallels between the syntax of NP and the syntax of S are misleading. There cannot be parallelism because S is an instance of a subjectpredicate relation, but NP is not.

423. Williams, Edwin. "NP Trace in Theta Theory". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.433-447 (Nov. 1987). Explores the connection between the theory of predication and the theory of NP movement. Considers a theory which does not involve NP movement, A-chains, or small clauses as an alternative to current government-binding theories.

424. Williams, Edwin. "Predication". Linguistic Inquiry 11.203-238 (Winter 1980). Proposes a definition of predicate structure, whereby the subject-predicate relation is noted through indexing. Control, extraposition, purpose clauses, logical form, and the Specified Subject Condition are reanalyzed in terms of predication theory.

425. Williams, Edwin. "Pro and Subject of NP". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.297-315 (August 1985). Argues against the notion that NP has a controllable PRO subject in its specifier position. Offers an alternative account of the relevant facts.

426. Williams, Edwin S. "A Reassignment of the Functions of LF". Linguistic Inquiry 17.265-299 (Spring 1986). Proposes a model of grammar based on the one outlined in van Reimsdijk and Williams (1981), eliminating the levels of logical form and d-structure. Discusses the treatment of quantifiers in this model.


79

427. Williams, Edwin S. There-insertion". Linguistic Inquiry 15.131-153 (Winter 1984). Considers the consequences of claiming that there is an NP and a scope marker. Makes the argument that the postcopular material is an NP, not a small clause.

428. Winford, Donald. "The Linguistic Variable and Syntactic Variation in Creole Continua". Lingua 62.267-288 (April 1985). Discusses the plausibility of using syntactic variables as an analytical tool for investigating free variation. Looks at evidence from a variety of creole languages.

429. Xu, Liejiong. "Free Empty Category". Linguistic Inquiry 17.75-93 (Winter 1986). Identifies a non-overt proform found in such languages as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. Argues that these proforms are not defined by any of the four types of empty category posited by Chomsky (1981). Suggests a fifth type of category.

430. Yip, Moira, Joan Maling, & Ray Jackendoff. "Case in tiers". Language 63.217-250 (June 1987). Proposes a level of surface case which is autonomous of phrase structure and associated with phrase structure-level NPs through general grammatical principles. This system allows a unification of accusative and ergative systems.

431. Zaenen, Annie. "On Syntactic Binding". Linguistic Inquiry 14.469504 (Summer 1983). Attempts to formulate a unitary representation of filler-gap phenomena, which author refers to as binder and bindee. Describes several characteristics of bound items and their antecedents relevant to this idea.

432. Zagona, Karen. "Proper Government of Antecedentless VP in English and Spanish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.95128 (Feb. 1988). Argues that conditions on the distribution of null VP are statable in terms of proper government, if tense features are assumed to properly govern NP.

433. Zagona, Karen. Verb Phrase Syntax: A Parametric Study of English and Spanish. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1989. xiii, 213 pp.

80

GENERAL STUDIES Version of author's dissertation. Argues that the structure of auxiliaries and main verbs is the same for English and Spanish, and that differences in syntactic processes affecting verbal structures in the two languages do not follow from parametric variation, but from the way in which certain features affect government. Works in government-binding model.

434. Zohrab, P. D. "Verb-phrase Anaphora: Linguistics or cognitive science?" Studies in Language 10.425-442 (1986). Poses the question of whether some linguistics topics are better approached from the broader perspective of cognitive science. Specifically considers the case of verb phrase anaphora.

435. Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa. Levels of Representation in the Lexicon and in the Syntax. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1987. vi, 198 pp. Proposes two different levels of representation for the lexicon, lexico-semantic and lexico-syntactic. Linking rules map the semantic level onto the syntactic level. Uses government-binding framework.

436. Zwicky, Arnold M. "Clitics and articles". Language 61.283-305 (June 1985). Presents a series of tests for distinguishing clitics from independent words and comes to the conclusion that many particles which have been treated as clitics are simply words.

437. Zwicky, Arnold M. "Unacceptably Accented Auxiliaries". Linguistics 25.501-509 (1987). Discusses a paper by Wells and Local (1983) which proposes a pragmatically oriented analysis of the unacceptability of accented infinitival to, have, and be in certain configurations. Compares it with Zwicky and Levin's (1980) syntactic analysis, considering several larger theoretical issues.

III. The Morphology/Phonology Interface

438. Baker, Mark C. Incorporation: A Theory of Grammatical Function Changing. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1988. viii, 543 pp. Revised version of dissertation. Central claim is that incorporation processes, by which a semantically independent word comes to be inside another word, can account for the changes in grammatical functions that are usually described with such rules as passive, causative and raising. Chapters discuss instances of noun, verb, and preposition incorporation in several unrelated languages.

439. Baker, Mark. "The Mirror Principle and Morphosyntactic Explanation". Linguistic Inquiry 16.373-415 (Summer 1983). Examines some morphologically complex languages to determine how the morphology and the syntax interact in certain processes such as passives and reciprocals. Claims that derivations in the two components must mirror each other.

440. De Jong, Daan. "The Syntax-phonology Interface and French Liaison". Linguistics 28.57-88 (1990). Argues against Kaisse's (1985) theory that liaison refers directly to the syntax and accepts Selkirk's (1986) proposal of intermediate prosodic structure, with the revision that the prosodic word is the relevant domain of liaison. Claims that a multilayered prosodie structure must be assumed for a correct analysis of French liaison.

441. Grimshaw, Jane & Armin Mester. "Light Verbs and Ø-marking". Linguistic Inquiry 19.205-232 (Spring 1988). Studies the Japanese verb sum, which appears to allow the head of its direct object to 0-mark other objects. Authors propose a particular theory of argument representation to explain this characteristic.

442. Haspelmath, Martin. "The Grammaticization of Passive Morphology". Studies in Language 14.25-72 (1990).

82

THE MORPHOLOGY/PHONOLOGY INTERFACE

Claims that verbal morphology is an important part of the passive construction and that its properties can best be understood by studying it diachronically.

443. Hudson, Richard. Word Grammar. Oxford & New York: Basil Blackwell, 1984. 267 pp. A proposal for a grammar which takes words as its largest constituents and links them to word meanings through propositions. Hudson claims that language structure is merely one aspect of the larger cognitive structure and that the boundaries and structural levels imposed on language by other grammatical models are not well-motivated. First chapter outlines general theory of word grammar. Subsequent chapters discuss relations between words, word meaning, utteranceevents, and written language.

444. Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, eds. The Phonology-Syntax Connection. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1990. xv, 428 pp. The results of a workshop held in 1988 at the Center for the Study of Language and Information at Stanford. Several papers address the issue of prosodic categories. Other topics discussed include word-internal boundaries, sandhi rules, and tone.

445. Kaisse, Ellen. Connected Speech: The Interaction of Syntax and Phonology. Orlando, Fla.: Academic Press, 1985. viii, 206 pp. Examines the influence of syntactic structures on phonological processes, concentrating on cliticization and external sandhi. Also discusses the organization of the grammar, especially the postlexical phonological component.

446. Kaisse, Ellen M. "The Syntax of Auxiliary Reduction in English". Language 59.93-122 (March 1983). Analyzes the reduced forms of is and has, claiming that they are clitics, and further that syntactic restrictions on the preceding context play a role in their distribution. Works within the extended standard theory.

447. Kefer, Michel. "What Syntax Can We Reconstruct from Morphology?" Lingua 66.151-175 (July 1985). Claims that when separate word morphemes fuse to become a single word the order of the morphemes within that word provides information about rules of word order in the language at the time immediately preceding the fusion.


83

448. Klavans, Judith L. "The Independence of Syntax and Phonology in Cliticization". Language 61.95-120 (March 1985). Shows that clitics may attach syntactically to a structural host while attaching phonologically to a different host. Postulates that the syntactic parameters of dominance and precedence and the phonological parameter of liaison need to be taken into account. Data from a variety of languages.

449. Levin, Beth & Malka Rappaport. "The Formation of Adjectival Passives". Linguistic Inquiry 17.623-661 (Fall 1986). Authors formulate a rule of Adjectival Passive Formation which relates APs headed by adjectival passive participles to their verbal counterparts. Governmentbinding theory used.

450. Mithun, Marianne. "On the Nature of Noun Incorporation". Language 62.32-37 (March 1986). Replies to Sadock (same issue), discussing issues of discourse salience and semantics with respect to incorporated nouns.

451. Pesetsky, David. "Morphology and Logical Form". Linguistic Inquiry 16.193-246 (Spring 1985). Proposes a method for mapping word structure onto logical form using an adjunction rule which leaves traces, similar to May's (1977) Quantifier Rule.

452. Richardson, John F., Mitchell Marks, & Amy Chukerman, eds. Papers From the Parasession on the Interplay of Phonology, Morphology and Syntax. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society, 1983. 353 pp. Twenty-four papers presented at the Chicago Linguistic Society meeting of 1983. Papers are written in a variety of theoretical frameworks. Topics discussed include verbal contraction and reduction in English, the syntactic and phonological structure of morphology, cliticization, rhythm, and intonation.

453. Sadock, Jerrold M. "Some Notes on Noun Incorporation". Language 62.19-31 (March 1986). Argues that Greenlandic Eskimo and Southern Tiwa are two languages in which incorporated nouns display the syntactic, semantic, and discourse-functional features characteristic of independent nominals. Linguistic theory must therefore

84

THE MORPHOLOGY/PHONOLOGY INTERFACE

allow for some interpenetration between syntax and morphology. Comment by Mithun same issue.

454. Selkirk, Elisabeth O. Phonology and Syntax: The Relation Between Sound and Structure. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1986. xv, 476 pp. Concentrates on the relation of syntactic structure to focus, stress, and intonation. A central feature of the Selkirk's theory is the use of the metrical grid for phonological representation. Chapters discuss the relation of word structure to word stress and rhythm, focus and pitch accents, and syntactic disjuncture.

455. Selkirk, Elisabeth O. The Syntax of Words. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1982. 136 pp. Examines the rule system that generates word structure, arguing that word structures share the same general properties as clause structures. Introduces a theory of word structure and extends aspects of X-bar theory to apply to word structure. Last part of book deals with affixation and compounding in English. Essentially Chomskyan theory.

456. Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa. "The Relation Between Morphophonology and Morphosyntax: The case of Romance causatives". Linguistic Inquiry 16.247-289 (Spring 1985). Suggests that although Romance causatives are morphophonologicalry words, they operate morphosyntactically as bound morphemes. If this analysis is correct, it indicates that there is no necessary correspondence between morphophonology and morphosyntax.

457. Zwicky, Arnold M. "Heads". Journal of Linguistics 21.1-29 (March 1985). Discusses the adoption of the syntactic notion 'head' in recent morphological theory. Argues against a complete parallelism between syntax and morphology. Response by Richard Hudson in Journal of Linguistics 23 (March 1987).

458. Zwicky, Arnold M. and Geoffrey K. Pullum. "Phonology in Syntax: The Somali optional agreement rule". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.385-402 (1983).


85

Reexamines a range of facts from the East African language Somali which appear to support the view that some syntactic rules must refer to the phonology. Argues for an alternative interpretation which will preserve a phonology-free syntax.

See also 46, 360, 363, 393, 625, 841, 864, 881.

IV. Semantics and Syntax

459. Akmajian, Adrian. "Sentence Types and the Form-function Fit". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.1-23 (June 1984). Claims that a given surface structure can have more than one pragmatic function. Examines a certain type of exclamative sentence arguing that its surface structure is the same as that of imperatives.

460. Aoun, Joseph & Yen-hui Audrey Li. "Scope and Constituency". Linguistic Inquiry 20.141-172 (Spring 1989). Constructs a grammar of quantificational phrases in English and Mandarin Chinese. Proposes a binding requirement and a scope principle to account for quantifier interpretation in these two languages.

461. Barton, Ellen L. Nonsentential Constituents: A Theory of Grammatical Structure and Pragmatic Interpretation. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1990. xx, 251 pp. Studies sentence fragments used in discourse. Claims that they are base-generated rather than derived through ellipsis. Also claims that nonsentential constituents are interpreted mostly in the pragmatic component. Develops interacting competence and pragmatic models.

462. Bolkestein, A. M[achtelt], C[asper] de Groot, & J. L[achlan] Mackenzie, eds. Syntax and Pragmatics in Functional Grammar. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. xiv, 223 pp. Twelve papers, all but one presented at the 1984 Colloquium on Functional Grammar. All are concerned with the interaction between syntax and pragmatic functions such as theme, topic, focus, and alternative sentence patterns. Languages include Arabic, Dutch, Toba Batak, and Wambon.

463. Bowers, John S. "Conditions on Logical Form". Linguistic Analysis 11.27-101 (Jan. 1983).


87

Proposes that the rules of logical form be enriched in order to develop a better understanding of the relationship between surface form and syntax. Argues that principles of language come from underlying cognitive principles, so thematic and syntactic relations are aspects of the same overall system.

464. Clark, Robin & Edward L. Keenan. "The Absorption Operator and Universal Grammar". The Linguistic Review 5.113-135 (1985/1986). Authors argue against aspects of the work of Higginbotham and May (1981) concerning the interpretation of sentences with more than one quantifier.

465. Cole, Peter U. "Quantifier Scope and the ECP". Linguistics and Philosophy 8.283-289 (May 1985). Author notes some problems with the notion that the Empty Category Principle applies to the interpretation of quantifier scope. Also considers the issue of whether a subject/object asymmetry exists for quantifier scope.

466. Cooper, Robin. Quantification and Syntactic Theory. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1983. x, 217 pp. Proposes an analysis of certain structural and semantic phenomena using Montague Grammar, a system of formal semantics. Chapter 1 gives an overview of syntax and model-theoretic semantics, introducing some basic notions of the theory that will be developed later in the book. Later chapters deal with issues of quantification, wh-phenomena, presupposition, and gender agreement. English is the language analyzed.

467. Delahunty, Gerald P. "The Analysis of English Cleft Sentences". Linguistic Analysis 13.63-113 (1984). Argues that clefts are base generated, and both the clause and the focused element are daughters of the lowest non-terminal projection of V. Logical structures of clefts and their non-cleft counterparts must be equivalent. Using a lambda calculus, develops a set of rules for deriving logical structure from surface structure.

468. Haïk, Isabelle; "Bound VPs That Need to Be". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.503-530 (Nov. 1987). Discusses interpretation of sentences such as John talked to everyone that Peter did. Reviews arguments for the presence of an empty category. Theorizes that

88

SEMANTICS AND SYNTAX referential circularity is ruled out by a condition requiring anaphoric elements to be bound internally to their antecedents.

469. Halvorsen, Per-Kristian. "Semantics for Lexical-functional Grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 14.567-615 (Fall 1983). Presents a semantic theory for lexical-functional grammars. Proposes a universal system of interpretation made possible by the nature of functional structures.

470. Hendrikse, A. P. "Syntactic Structures as Pragmatic Options". Studies in Language 13.333-379 (1989). Challenges the notion that syntactic phenomena are independent of semantic and pragmatic considerations. Specifically examines the derived intransitive in English (She doesn't scare easily) and a similar construction in Xhosa. Analyzes them in semantic/pragmatic terms.

471. Higginbotham, James. "Logical Form, Binding, and Nominals". Linguistic Inquiry 14.395-420 (Summer 1983). Discusses the nature of representation at logical form, and suggests revisions of Chomsky's (1981) binding theory to account for anaphoric relations between pronouns and operators. Also proposes a rule of nominal interpretation.

472. Higginbotham, James & Robert May. "Questions, Quantifiers and Crossing". The Linguistic Review 1.41-80 (Jan. 1981). Paper addresses the problems of presuppositions associated with multiple uses of the singular in wh-questions and the interpretation of sentences with crossing coreference, which authors believe to be related. Introduces binary variablebinding operators to account for the problems.

473. Hoekstra, Eric. "Pragmatic NI-marking in Jacaltec". Linguistics 24.317-329 (1986). Shows by an analysis of the Mayan language Jacaltec that a pragmatic rule may force the application of an otherwise optional syntactic rule. Proposes the generalization in terms of Gazdar's (1979) theory of pragmatics.

474. Hornstein, Norbert. As Time Goes By: Tense and Universal Grammar. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1990. xii, 242 pp.


89

Proposes a grammar of tense based on Reichenbach's theory of tense. Assumes some government-binding principles of syntax. Covers properties of simple and complex tense structures, tense-adverb interactions, and sequences of tense.

475. Hornstein, Norbert. Logic as Grammar: An Approach to Meaning in Natural Language. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984. x, 176 pp. Author argues against current model-theoretic approaches to meaning in natural language and adopts instead a theory based on the methodological assumptions of generative grammar. Addresses the issue of semantic competence. Examines quantifiers and definite descriptions in detail.

476. Jackendoff, Ray. "Multiple Subcategorization and the 6-Criterion: The case of climb". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.271295 (August 1985). Argues that the 6-criterion is too strong a constraint on the relationship between lexical subcaegorization and argument positions. Analyzes the verb climb in a framework of conceptual semantics to highlight difficulties with the 8-criterion.

477. Jackendoff, Ray. "The Status of Thematic Relations in Linguistic Theory". Linguistic Inquiry 18.369-411 (Summer 1987). Discusses the role of thematic relations in the theory of control. Argues that some aspects of control are not purely syntactic. Works mainly in government-binding theory.

478. Kempson, Ruth M. "Logical Form: The grammar cognition interface". Journal of Linguistics 24.393-431 (Sep. 1988). Compares relevance theory, which makes specific claims about the relation of the central cognitive mechanism to natural language, with the government-binding paradigm. Considers differences in the accounts of anaphora offered by both theories.

479. Lappin, Shalom. "Pronominal Binding and Coreference". Theoretical Linguistics 12.241-263 (1985). Considers what grammatical relations are necessary between a pronoun and its antecedent in order for the pronoun to be interpreted as a bound variable. Develops an analysis in terms of a binding chain.

90

SEMANTICS AND SYNTAX

480. Lappin, Shalom. "Quantified Noun Phrases and Pronouns in Logical Form". Linguistic Analysis 10.131-159 (Sep. 1982). Discusses the facts of anaphora associated with weak crossover and the attempts in syntactic theory to explain them. Supports an analysis that treats quantified NPs as terms, the same as proper names.

481. Larson, Richard K. "On the Syntax of Disjunction Scope". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.217-264 (May 1985). Presents an analysis of either and whether in which aspects of their syntactic behavior are shown to follow from the semantics of disjunction. Uses a government-binding model.

482. Levinson, Stephen C. "Pragmatics and the Grammar of Anaphora: A partial pragmatic reduction of binding and control phenomena". Journal of Linguistics 23.379-434 (Sep. 1987). Attempts to show that there are general pragmatic principles which can account for the favored interpretation of an empty NP. Discusses the implications for Chomsky's (1982) theory of empty categories.

483. McCawley, James D. "The Syntax and Semantics of English Relative Clauses". Lingua 53.99-149 (Feb./Mar. 1981). Presents an analysis of restrictive relatives which accounts for some of the differences between them and nonrestrictive relatives, pseudorelatives, and clefts. Develops a model which consists of a core of grammatical rules and a set of 'patches'.

484. McCawley, James D. Thirty Million Theories of Grammar. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1982. 223 pp. Four articles by the author critiquing aspects of the extended standard theory of Chomsky and presenting alternative analyses of the data involved. One-half of the book is devoted to a review article of Studies on Semantics in Generative Grammar by Noam Chomsky (1972).

485. May, Robert. "Interpreting Logical Form". Linguistics and Philosophy 12.387-435 (August 1989). Attempts to determine the most adequate theory of syntax and the features of its semantics. Especially concerned with quantification and scope.


91

486. May, Robert. Logical Form: Its Structure and Derivation. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1985. vi, 182 pp. Treats logical form as a linguistic level interfacing syntax and interpretation. Posits a rule of quantifier raising which maps a syntactic structure onto logical form and shares many properties of syntactic movement rules. Chapters cover the interpretation of wh-phrases and quantifier phrases, NP adjunction and extraposition, and variable binding.

487. Miller, J[ames] E. Semantics and Syntax: Parallels and Connections. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985. viii, 262 pp. Concerned with how semantic and syntactic structures are mapped onto each other. Examines the semantics of prepositions, particles, prefixes, and adverbs. Concludes that the semantic component is far more complex than is usually supposed, and that syntax should not be used to do the work of semantics. Proposes a localist theory of semantic structure based on notions of location and movement.

488. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Comparative Ellipsis: A phrase structure analysis". Linguistic Inquiry 14.675-694 (Fall 1983). Proposes a base-generated analysis of comparative ellipsis in English which can account for the connection between the form and the interpretation.

489. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Subjects and External Arguments, Clauses and Non-clauses". Linguistics and Philosophy 11.323-354 (August 1988). Examines the differences between the subject-VP relationship and the subject argument-predicate relationship. Considers the implications for clausal structure and 6-theory.

490. Oehrle, Richard T., Emmon Bach, and Deidre Wheeler, eds. Categorial Grammars and Natural Language Structures. Dordrecht: D. Reidel, 1988. 524 pp. Sixteen collected papers of a conference held at Tucson, Arizona. Editors offer an introduction to the basic principles of categorial grammar, in which every element of language belongs to one or more simple or derived categories. Papers address such issues as the generative power of categorial grammars, comparison of a categorial grammar with a phrase structure grammar, a categorial theory of

92

SEMANTICS AND SYNTAX binding, and a variety of syntactic/morphological problems such as non-constituent conjunction and discontinuous dependencies.

491. O'Grady, William. "Thematic Dependency and Semantic Interpretation". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 30.159-177 (Summer 1985). Describes a type of PP the NP of which is accessible to interpretive rules for control and floated quantifiers. Proposes that this NP receives its 6-role from the verb.

492. Reinhart, Tanya. Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation. London: Croom Helm, 1983. 223 pp. A structural analysis of restrictions on anaphora, using principles of the standard theory of Chomsky. In particular, the author argues for a c-command restriction on coreference. Discusses different types of preposed constituents and appositives. Describes restrictions on bound anaphora.

493. Schmerling, Susan F. "Two Theories of Syntactic Categories". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.393-421 (August 1983). Presents arguments for categorial grammar as an alternative to X-bar theory.

494. Takami, Ken-ichi. "Definite NP Anaphora and Adverbial Clauses: Arguments against syntactic analyses". Linguistic Analysis 15.269303 (1985). Contends that a purely syntactic analysis of anaphora in English is untenable. Specifically argues against work by Reinhart. Suggests an analysis using notions of theme and rheme.

495. Westergaard, Marit R. Definite NP Anaphora: A Pragmatic Approach. Oslo: Norwegian Univ. Press, 1986. 118 pp. Reviews the research on NP anaphora and points out the weaknesses of a purely syntactic approach. Develops a theory of anaphora based on pragmatic principles. Proposes a scalar system of thematic heaviness for NPs.

496. Williams, Edwin. "Semantic vs. Syntactic Categories". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.423-446 (August 1983).

THEORETICAL SYNTAX, 1980-1990 Discusses Montague's (1970) claim that a logical form distinction between two categories must correspond to a syntactic distinction. Provides evidence from predicate nominals and seem -type verbs that this claim does not hold true.

See also 130, 164, 189, 248, 393, 736.

93

V.

Historical Syntax

497. Allen, Cynthia L. "Reconsidering the History of Like". Journal of Linguistics 22.375-409 (Sep. 1986). Claims that changes in the semantic roles assigned to the subject and object of the verb like are not due to syntactic reanalysis. Instead, a new subcategorization frame was introduced and gradually replaced the old one.

498. Cole, Peter [et al.] "The Acquisition of Subjecthood". Language 56.719-743 (Dec. 1980). Examines the historical principles governing the acquisition of subject properties by noun phrases which have not previously had them. Authors conclude that behavioral properties are acquired before coding properties.

499. Costello, John R. Syntactic Change and Syntactic Reconstruction: A Tagmemic Approach. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics & Arlington, Tex.: Univ. of Texas, 1983. xxvii, 79 pp. Brief monograph. Author attempts to demonstrate the possibility of reconstructing syntactic structures, their constituents, and their functions, using tagmemic theory as a framework. Shows that the comparative method can be used to reconstruct proto-tagmemes and proto-syntagmemes. Examples from a range of IndoEuropean languages.

500. Faarland, Jan Terje. Syntactic Change: Toward a Theory of Historical Syntax. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1990. 219 pp. Studies characteristics of syntactic change, using a version of the extended standard theory. Chapters discuss data, functional change, formal change, and consequences of change. Examples from the Germanic languages.

501. Fischer, Olga C. M. & Frederike C. van der Leek. "The Demise of the Old English Impersonal Construction". Journal of Linguistics 19.337-368 (Sep. 1983).


95

Argues that Jespersen's and others' accounts of the disappearance of the Old English impersonal are based on insufficient data. Offers an alternative analysis using the government-binding system.

502. Fisiak, Jacek, ed. Historical Syntax. Berlin & New York: Mouton, 1984. xii, 636 pp. Thirty papers presented at the Third International Conference on Historical Syntax which took place in Poland in 1986. Several papers specifically discuss English. Other languages represented include Japanese, Iroquoian, Muskogean, Persian, and the languages of the Kru family. Papers are written in both traditional and generative theoretical frameworks and discuss such subjects as syntactic change, reconstruction, and typological studies.

503. Jones, Charles. "Determiners and Case Marking in Middle English: A localist approach". Lingua 59.331-343 (April 1983). Examines changes in the form of the determiner the in Middle English, using the framework of localist case grammar.

504. Joseph, Brian. "Linguistic Universals and Syntactic Change". Language 56.345-370 (June 1980). Argues that the direction of change taken by object raising and object deletion from Medieval to Modern Greek was heavily constrained by universal restrictions on the possible form of those constructions.

505. Kossuth, Karen C. "Historical Implications of the Co-occurrence Constraints on Auxiliaries". Lingua 56.283-295 (Mar./Apr. 1982). Posits two constraints on auxiliary cooccurrence, and demonstrates ihat auxiliary order reflects the historical sequence of grammaticalization. Discusses also the distribution of paraphrastic do.

506. Naro, Anthony J. "The Social and Structural Dimensions of a Syntactic Change". Language 57.63-98 (March 1981). Proposes a model of syntactic change in which change begins where surface differentiation between old and new systems is at zero and spreads to other points in inverse proportion to the saliency of the surface differences at those points. Syntactic change is a surface phenomenon. Uses Modern Brazilian Portuguese to support this analysis.

96

HISTORICAL SYNTAX

507. Plank, Frans. "Transparent Versus Functional Encoding of Grammatical Relations: A Parameter for Syntactic Change and Typology". Linguistische Berichte 86.1-13 (August 1983). Proposes functional and transparency principles. Uses diachronic developments in English and German to show the conflict between these two principles.

508. Rivero, Maria Luisa. "Diachronic Syntax and Learnability: Free relatives in thirteenth century Spanish". Journal of Linguistics 20.81-129 (March 1984). Considers the free relative system of thirteenth century Spanish from the point of view of learnability theory. Proposes a hypothesis for why one type of relative construction eventually disappeared and the other did not.

509. Romaine, Suzanne. "The Transparency Principle: What it is and why it doesn't work". Lingua 55.277-300 (Dec. 1981). Discusses the status of Lightfoot's Transparency Principle as an independent metagrammatical principle restraining the grammar. Concludes that there is a conflict between this status and the role of the Transparency Principle as a functionalist mechanism making the grammar more transparent. Lightfoot replies in the same issue.

See also 524, 614, 616, 634, 769.

VI. Syntactic Universals and Typology

510. Cole, Peter. "Null Objects in Universal Grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 18.597-612 (Fall 1987). Examines a variety of languages which allow null objects. Claims that there are three types of null object languages: those which allow a null variable in object position, those which allow a null pronominal, and those in which both can occur.

511. Comrie, Bernard. Tense. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985. x, 139 pp. Concerned with the nature of tense in language. Tense is defined as "grammaticalisation of location in time". Uses a wide variety of languages to illustrate the requirements of a formal theory of tense, proposed in the last chapter. Approaches the topic from the perspective of universals/typology.

512. Coopmans, Peter. "Surface Word-typology and Universal Grammar". Language 60.55=69 (March 1983). Criticizes the views of Hawkins (1979, 1980, 1982) with respect to the contents of universal grammar. Specifically, discusses whether the principle of Cross-Category Harmony can shed light on schemes of X-bar theory. Hawkins replies in Language 61.

513. Foley, William A. & Robert D. Van Valin, Jr. Functional Syntax and Universal Grammar. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1984. xii, 416 pp. Explores the interaction between clause internal syntax and discourse over a variety of unrelated languages. Situates the research in a functional syntax model. Covers semantics of the clause, case marking, juncture, nexus, and reference-tracking systems. Includes languages index.

514. Grosu, Alexander, "On an Asymmetry in the Distribution of Island Constraints". Lingua 74.167484 (March 1988).

98

SYNTACTIC UNIVERSALS Discusses the occurrence of island-sensitive dependencies in language in terms of pressure factors which operate to optimize language acquisition and processing. Based on work by Hawkins.

515. Hammond, Michael, Edith A. Moravcsik, & Jessica R. Wirth, eds. Studies in Syntactic Typology. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1988. xiv, 394 pp. An introduction by the editors, addressing typology and explanation, plus fifteen papers originally presented at the "Language Universals and Language Typology" conference at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Papers are concerned with recurring cross-linguistic patterns of sentence structure, including discussions of new and previously proposed universal generalizations. Topics include agreement, word order, and syntactic and pragmatic functions.

516. Hawkins, John A "Complementary Methods in Universal Grammar: A reply to Coopmans". Language 61.569-587 (Sep. 1985). Disagrees with Coopmans's statement (1983) that typological generalizations are of limited relevance to generative grammar. Takes up the issue of the nature of language universals and of research methodology, arguing that the typological and generative paradigms have complementary strengths.

517. Hawkins, John A. "Cross-category Harmony, X-bar and the Predictions of Markedness". Journal of Linguistics 18.1-35 (March 1982). Author relates his implicational universals to principles of X-bar theory.

518. Hawkins, John A "On Implicational and Distributional Universals of Word Order". Journal of Linguistics 16.171-338 (Sep. 1980). Argues that the theory of universal grammar must include implicational universals and universals of language distribution to explain word order. Describes in detail properties of implicational and distributional universals.

519. Hawkins, John A "A Parsing Theory of Word Order Universals". Linguistic Inquiry 21.223-261 (Spring 1990).


99

Examines word order universals as they relate to considerations of language processing. Argues that a large number of cross-linguistic regularities follow from principles of ease of processing.

520. Hawkins, John A. Word Order Universals. New York: Academic Press, 1983. xx, 342 pp. Argues for a typological approach to universal grammar and theory construction. Claims that language universals must be exceptionless, and proposes a number of multi-implicational statements to account for different language types.

521. Hoekstra, Teun. "Small Clause Results". Lingua 74.101-139 (March 1988). Discusses resultative constructions. Analyzes them in a government-binding framework and argues that their properties follow from universal principles.

522. Marâcz, László K. & Pieter Muysken, eds. Configurationality: The Typology of Asymmetries. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1989. xii, 366 pp. A collection of papers dealing with the issue of subject-object asymmetries, especially in languages considered non-configurational. Case systems, transitivity, question formation, and coreferentiality are among the topics discussed.

523. Ohkado, Masayuki. "INFL and Negating Particles". Lingua 77.1-12(Jan. 1989). Addressing the issue of correlations between basic word order patterns and order of other elements, author argues that negative particles are placed in relation to the INFL node rather than the finite verb.

524. Parker, Frank. "Typology and Word Order Change". Linguistics 18.269-288 (1980). Author suggests that obligatory universal processes affecting word order in embedded clauses result in competing word orders. These ambiguous data may allow the language learner to construct a grammar with a new base ordering.

525. Schroten, Jan. "On a Typological Difference Among Languages". Linguistic Analysis 11.281-284 (April 1983).

100

SYNTACTIC UNIVERSALS Using evidence from Dutch and the Spanish- or Portuguese-based creole Papiamentu, shows that Chomsky and Lasnik's (1977) filter relating to tensed sentences is not universal.

526. Shibatani, Masayoshi, ed. Passive and Voice. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1988. viii, 706 pp. Collection of eighteen papers addressing the issue of voice in a number of different languages, mostly non-Indo-European. Papers make reference to a variety of different theoretical approaches, but emphasis is on detailed description. 527. Tomlin, Russell S. Basic Word Order: Functional Principles. London & Wolfeboro, N. H.: Croom Helm, 1986. 308 pp. Attempts to explain the relative frequency of occurrence of different orders of subject, object, and verb through functional principles. Uses a database of 1,063 languages from which are taken a sample of 402 to calculate percentages of frequency of occurrence. Proposes several principles to explain relative frequencies. An appendix of over 100 pages lists the 1,063 languages of the database with their area, language family, and basic word order.

528. Van Valin, Robert D., Jr. "On the Distribution of Passive and Antipassive Constructions in Universal Grammar". Lingua 50.303327 (April 1980). Examines the distribution of passive and antipassive in a number of languages. Argues that the occurrence or non-occurrence of certain constructions is due to the difference between role-dominated and reference-dominated grammars.

See also 231, 766, 778.

VII. The Acquisition of Syntax

529. Berent, Gerald P. & Vincent J. Samar. "The Psychological Reality of the Subset Principle: Evidence from the governing categories of prelingually deaf adults". Language 66:714-741 (Dec. 1990). Authors use evidence from deaf adults with low English proficiency to show that the language learner will choose the smallest language compatible with the input data.

530. Berman, Ruth A. "On Acquiring an (S)VO Language: Subjectless sentences in children's Hebrew". Linguistics 28.11351166 (1990). Considers children's acquisition of Hebrew with respect to where null subjects are required, prohibited, or optional. Extends the notion of licensing to suggest ways in which children deal with variable patterns.

531. Berwick, Robert C. & Amy S. Weinberg. The Grammatical Basis of Linguistic Performance: Language Use and Acquisition. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984. xviii, 325 pp. Authors propose a model of parsing based on government-binding theory, providing a functional explanation for some of the grammatical constraints that have been posited in that theory. First chapter covers the background needed to understand both computational and government-binding theories. Earlier theories of computational complexity are reviewed. Final section presents a computer model for language acquisition based on transformational grammar.

532. Bloom, Paul. "Subjectless Sentences in Child Language". Linguistic Inquiry 21.491-504 (Fall 1990). Argues against the theory that children acquiring English start with a pro-drop grammar and shift to a non-pro-drop one. Contends that children omit subjects because of performance factors.

102

THE ACQUISITION OF SYNTAX

533. Bohn, Ocke-Schwen. "Formulas, Frame Structures, and Stereotypes in Early Syntactic Development: Some new evidence from L2 acquisition". Linguistics 24.185-202 (1986). Claims that learners seldom rely on formulaic speech in naturalistic environments. Presents evidence that when formulaic speech is used, it is a short-term production tactic rather than a long-term acquisition strategy.

534. Bowerman, Melissa. "Mapping Thematic Roles onto Syntactic Functions: Are children helped by innate linking rules?" Linguistics 28.1253-1289 (1990). Presents evidence in favor of the functional grammar view that rules linking thematic roles to syntactic structure are learned rather than innate.

535. Crain, Stephen & Mineharu Nakayama. "Structure Dependence in Grammar Formation". Language 63.522-543 (Sep. 1987). Authors conducted a study in which yes/no questions were elicited from three- to five-year olds and the nature of their errors explored. Data support the Chomskyan hypothesis that children formulate structure-dependent rules and that these rules are formally insensitive to semantic properties of NPs.

536. Deutsch, Werner, Charlotte Koster, & Jan Koster. "What Can We Learn from Children's Errors in Understanding Anaphora?" Linguistics 24.203-225 (1986). Based on results of an experiment involving 96 Dutch children, authors argue that children acquire reflexive anaphora faster than non-reflexive anaphora. They claim that this fact indicates that anaphora involving c-command may be easier to learn and interpret.

537. Felix, Sascha W. "Universal Grammar in Language Acquisition". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 33.367-393 (Dec. 1988). Makes an argument for the maturationist view of language acquisition, which claims that universal grammar both constrains the types of intermediate grammars that the child develops and determines the nature of the developmental process itself.

538. Finer, Daniel L. "Modularity and Lexical Parameterization in the Adult Grammar". Linguistics 28.905-927 (1990).


103

Addresses the question of whether the adult speaker has access to uninstantiated principles of universal grammar. Uses second language acquisition and code mixing data to conclude that universal grammar is accessible and that adult grammar is modular.

539. Hildebrand, Joyce. "The Acquisition of Preposition Stranding". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 32.65-85 (Spring 1987). Reports the results of an experiment designed to test whether children learn extractions that do not strand prepositions before those that do. Data show that preposition stranding is acquired later, suggesting that the hypothesis that this is a marked structure is correct.

540. Hyams, Nina. Language Acquisition and the Theory of Parameters. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1986. xiii, 186 pp. Examines the possibility or impossibility of null subjects as a language acquisition parameter, arguing that the child language learner initially treats Enghsh as a nullsubject language, but eventually receives data that results in a reanalysis.

541. Ingram, David. "The Psychological Reality of Children's Grammars and Its Relation to Grammatical Theory". Lingua 66.79-103 (May 1985). Attempts to reconcile the study of child language with the study of language acquisition, arguing that language acquisition data is relevant to a grammatical theory that wishes to make predictions about children's language.

542. Jordens, Peter. "The Acquisition of Verb Placement in Dutch and German". Linguistics 28.1407-1448 (1990). Hypothesizes that for children to learn the verb fronting rule which places verbs in first or second position in Dutch and German, they need first to semantically differentiate between complex verbs and simple verbs.

543. Lightfoot, David. "A Piegetian Alternative?" The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 29.131-134 (Fall 1984). Argues against O'Grady's (1983) suggestion that the distribution of certain Enghsh pronouns may be explained using a non-task-specific genetic mechanism. Argues instead that information specific to language is needed for acquisition to take place.

104

THE ACQUISITION OF SYNTAX

544. Lust, Barbara, ed. Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora. Volume 1: Defining the Constraints. Volume 2: Applying the Constraints. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 19864987. Vol. 1, 373 pp.; Vol. 2, 372 pp. First volume contains seven papers and two commentaries, addressing the issue of how children acquire anaphora from the viewpoint of generative grammar. Topics include null and pronoun anaphora, and issues of binding and control theories. Second volume collects a number of experimental studies. Attempts to integrate theoretical and experimental results, working within the boundaries of a theory of universal grammar.

545. Lust, B[arbara], K[athleen] Loveland, & R. Kornet. "The Development of Anaphora in First Language: Syntactic and pragmatic constraints. Linguistic Analysis 6.359-391 (Nov. 1980). Analyzes the results of an experimental study of the acquisition of anaphora in English. Outlines some constraints on anaphora and concludes that children are sensitive to both syntactic and pragmatic factors.

546. Manzini, M. Rita & Kenneth Wexler. "Parameters, Binding Theory, and Learnability". Linguistic Inquiry 18.413-444 (Summer 1987). Authors develop a modular theory of parameter setting. They argue that, for the binding theory, there exist 'subset' languages in that one parametric value will yield a language that is a subset of another.

547. Marantz, Alec. "On the Acquisition of Grammatical Relations". Linguistische Berichte 80.32-69 (August 1982). Reports on two experiments which indicate that children acquire grammatical relations around age 5 and use them to relate semantics to structural expressions. Discusses the implications for grammatical theory.

548. Moulton, Janice & George M. Robinson. Organization of Language. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981. xvi, 389 pp. Presents a new theory of the relationship of language to thought, including a cognitive model of syntax use and acquisition. Three appendices provide an


105

outline of a computer program that uses the Syntax Crystal Model to parse sentences, and a series of games for testing the model.

549. Pye, Clifton. "The Acquisition of Ergative Languages". Linguistics 28.1291-1330 (1990). Presents acquisition data from K'iche' (Quiche) and Kaluli to support the hypothesis that children rely on 'semantic bootstrapping' to initially build syntactic structure.

550. Radford, Andrew. Syntactic Theory and the Acquisition of English Syntax. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1990. 311 pp. Attempts to discover at what point a child can be said to have developed a grammar. Assumes that evidence of a differentiated set of grammatical categories constitutes evidence of a grammar. Reviews the lexicon and the determiner, case, complement, and inflection systems. Takes a standard theory approach.

551. Roeper, Thomas & Edwin Williams, eds. Parameter Setting. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1987. xix, 253 pp. Six papers and five commentaries on the subject of the parametric model of universal grammar and its role in addressing the problem of language acquisition. Approach is essentially government-binding. Several papers discuss the Empty Category Principle and the binding theory as they relate to language acquisition and universal grammar. Italian, Spanish, Hebrew, and English are discussed.

552. Rosen, Sara Thomas & Jane Grimshaw. "Knowledge and Obedience: The developmental status of the binding theory". Linguistic Inquiry 21.187-222 (Spring 1990). Authors present evidence that children are aware of Principle B of the binding theory (a pronominal is free in its governing category), although they do not always obey it. This is contrary to recent theories of acquisition.

553. Solan, Lawrence. Pronominal Reference: Child Language and the Theory of Grammar. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1983. xii, 237 pp. Examines features of pronominal reference with respect to language development, addressing theoretical and experimental issues. First discusses the role of universal grammar as opposed to experience in child language development, then proceeds

106

THE ACQUISITION OF SYNTAX to an examination of pronominal reference and its acquisition by children. Describes and discusses several language acquisition experiments.

554. Tavakolian, Susan, ed. Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theory. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1981. ix, 233 pp. Collection of nine papers which approach language acquisition from the perspective of generative grammar. Papers discuss markedness, anaphora, reciprocals, complex sentences, and models of language learning.

555. Weist, Richard M. "Neutralization and the Concept of Subject in Child Polish". Linguistics 28.1331-1349 (1990). Presents evidence from language acquisition studies which shows that Polish children's concept of subject differs for transitive and intransitive verbs. This is taken as evidence that 'semantic bootstrapping' is not a viable hypothesis of how children get access to syntactic structure.

556. Wexler, Kenneth & Peter W. Culicover. Formal Principles of Language Acquisition. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1980. xvii, 647 pp. Presents a detailed outline of the principles and methodology of learnability theory. Using this theory, demonstrates that a transformational grammar is learnable. Offers a mathematical proof that the grammar can be learned from data of degree less than or equal to two and presents linguistic evidence for constraints on learnability.

See also 85, 558.

VIIIComputational and Mathematical Syntax

557. Aarts, Jan and Theo Van Den Heuvel. "Computational Tools for the Syntactic Analysis of Corpora". Linguistics 23.303-335 (1985). Introduces the aims and methods of corpus linguistics and presents two computer programs developed at the University of Nijmegen which allow linguists to analyze corpora syntactically.

558. Berwick, Robert C. The Acquisition of Syntactic Knowledge. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1985. xii, 368 pp. Develops a computational model of language acquisition and demonstrates that the grammar of English syntax can be learned through this model with no input other than a sequence of grammatical English sentences. First part of the book outlines the computer model. Second part presents a theory of acquisition.

559. Berwick, Robert C. & Amy S. Weinberg. "Parsing Efficiency, Computational Complexity, and the Evaluation of Grammatical Theories". Linguistic Inquiry 13.165-192 (Spring 1982). Authors discuss proposals that the grammar should reflect the fact that hearers can parse sentences quite rapidly. They argue that commonly used measures of parsing efficiency may not be appropriately applied. They attempt to show that the resulting data, frequently used to argue for context-free over context-sensitive language models, is not relevant.

560. Dowty, David R., Lauri Karttunen, & Arnold M. Zwicky, eds. Natural Language Parsing: Psychological, Computational and Theoretical Perspectives. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985. xiii, 413 pp. Eleven papers and a substantial introduction by Karttunen and Zwicky reviewing the place of parsing in traditional grammar, theoretical linguistics, and artificial intelligence. Papers discuss the role of parsing with respect to syntactic complexity,

108

COMPUTATIONAL SYNTAX filler-gap dependencies, code switching, and word order. Presents a number of different theoretical points of view.

561. Evans, Roger. "ProGram: A development tool for GPSG grammars". Linguistics 23.213-243 (1985). Describes the ProGram grammar development system, which provides a computational representation for GPSP grammars. Gives examples of its use.

562. Harris, Zellig. A Grammar of English on Mathematical Principles. New York: Wiley & Sons, 1982. xvi, 429 pp. Presents a model of grammar in which English is derived from a system of mathematical principles. Sentences are built up from words combined in a series of partial orderings. Sentence meanings are built up from the meanings of sentence components. First two chapters outline the basics of the theory. Remaining chapters describe a detailed grammar of English based on this theory.

563. King, Margaret, ed. Parsing Natural Language. London & New York: Academic Press, 1983. x, 308 pp. Twelve papers presented at a week-long tutorial on natural language parsing held in 1981 in Lugano. First section contains general overviews of the field. Sections II and III are concerned with parsing as it relates to syntactic constraints and sentence comprehension. Utlizes both government-binding and generalized phrase structure grammar theories.

564. Lamiroy, Beatrice & Rudi Gebreurs. "Syntax and Machine Translation: The Metal project". Lingvisticae Investigations 13.307332 (1989). Authors argue that there is a strong interdependence between syntax and the lexicon, based on their work with the machine translation system METAL.

565. Marcus, Mitchell P. A Theory of Syntactic Recognition for Natural Language. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1980. 335 pp. Develops the thesis that natural language syntax can be parsed by a strictly deterministic mechanism. Describes some of the implications for noncomputational cognitive theories. Includes discussion of Specified Subject, Subjecency, and Complex NP Constraints and garden path sentences.


109

566. Phillips, John D. & Henry S. Thompson. "GPSGP—A parser for generalized phrase structure grammars". Linguistics 23.245-261 (1985). Describes a program which will parse a typed-in text using a grammar and dictionary written in GPSG formalism.

567. Pritchett, Bradley L. "Garden Path Phenomena and the Grammatical Basis of Language Processing". Language 64.539-576 (Sep. 1988). Considers conditions under which ambiguity results in a breakdown in processing (in garden path sentences) and argues that these data provide evidence that the processor operates by admitting structure which maximally satisfies principles of government-binding theory locally at every point during a parse. Alternative approaches are shown to be inadequate in dealing with garden path effects.

568. Reyle, U[we] & C[hristian] Rohrer, eds. Natural Language Parsing and Linguistic Theories. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1988. vi, 482 pp. Collected papers from a 1986 conference sponsored by European Community project on machine translation. Theme of papers is how linguistic theory can serve as a basis for natural language processing. Several theories represented.

569. Sparck Jones, Karen & Yorick Wilks, eds. Automatic Natural Language Parsing. New York: Halsted Press, 1983. 208 pp. Eighteen papers cover current issues in natural language parsing, such as augmented transition network parsing, context-free parsing and semantics-directed parsing. A broad overview of the field.

570. Steedman, Mark. "On the Generality of the Nested-dependency Constraint and the Reason for an Exception in Dutch". Linguistics 21.35-66 (1983). Applies a categorial theory of grammar to some 'crossed dependency' constructions in English and Dutch. Argues that this approach is superior to a transformational treatment.

See also 531.

IX. Stylistics and Discourse Analysis

571. Banfield, Ann. "Stylistic Deletion in Coordinate Structures". Linguistic Analysis 7.1-32 (Jan. 1981). Attempts to distinguish grammatical conjunction of constituents from the phenomenon of stylistic deletion within conjuncts, using extended standard theory framework.

572. Banfield, Ann. Unspeakable Sentences: Narration and Representation in the Language of Fiction. Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1982. x, 340 pp. Applies principles of Chomskyan syntax to an examination of written narrative and indirect speech. Claims centrally that the phenomena of narrative texts are subject to, and explainable through, rules of the grammar. Chapters discuss direct and indirect speech, represented speech and thought, and the historical development of narrative style. Examples in French and English.

573. Bosch, Peter. Agreement and Anaphora: A Study of the Role of Pronouns in Syntax and Discourse. London & New York: Academic Press, 1983. xiii, 260 pp. Discusses the syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic features of pronouns in discourse. Reviews the literature, then makes a case for two types of pronoun. The first type is syntactically related to its antecedent; the second is referential and establishes its antecedent through anaphora or deixis. Most examples are from English.

574. Coetzee, John M. "The Rhetoric of the Passive in English". Linguistics 18.199-221 (1980). Contemporary stylistics categorizes the passive as a marked rhetorical device. Classical traditions tend to treat passivization as a topicalization process. Author presents evidence from eighteenth century literary and scientific writing which would argue that the writers had an interpretation of the use of passives which differs from modern linguistic views.


111

575. Coopmans, Peter. "Where Stylistic and Syntactic Processes Meet: Locative inversion in English". Language 65.728-751 (Dec. 1989). Argues that properties of stylistic locative inversion can be stated in purely syntactic terms. Claims that the trigger for this inversion is located in COMP.

576. Cornish, Francis. Anaphoric Relations in English and French: A Discourse Perspective. London: Croom Helm, 1986. 242 pp. Examines different types of anaphora, including lexical NPs, verbs, and sentential proforms. Discusses reflexives, controlled empty categories, and relatives in English and French, and argues against structural constraints on anaphora.

577. Culicover, Peter W. & Michael Rochemont. "Stress and Focus in English". Language 59.123-165 (March 1983). Authors show that neither patterns of sentence stress nor pragmatic contexts are sufficient to predict the possibility of focus. Rather, focus is a grammatical notion, interpreted through rules of discourse grammar.

578. Cureton, Richard D. "'He Danced His Did': An analysis". Journal of Linguistics 16.245-262 (Sep. 1980). Reviews previous linguistic analyses of the Cummings line "he danced his did". Proposes possible reader strategies for interpreting the syntax and semantics of such a line.

579. Fleischman, Suzanne. Tense and Narrativity: From Medieval Performance to Modern Fiction. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1990. xiii, 443 pp. Explores the seemingly idiosyncratic usages of tense in Medieval texts from a perspective of grammatical structure. Outlines a general theory of tense and aspect. Examines tenses of Medieval narratives from perspectives of linguistic structure, text structure, expressive functions, and metalinguistic functions.

580. Fox, Barbara. Discourse Structure and Anaphora: Written and Conversational English. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987. viii, 173 pp. Studies patterns of anaphora in written and spoken discourse, concentrating on third person pronouns in English. Describes the relationship between the

112

STYLISTICS AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS hierarchical structure of a discourse and the use of anaphora therein. Uses different models to analyze written and conversational texts.

581. Iida, Masayo, Stephen Wechsler, & Draga Zec, eds. Working Papers in Grammatical Theory and Discourse Structure: Interactions of Morphology, Syntax, and Discourse. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 1987. xi, 244 pp. Result of a 1985 workshop held at the Center. Objective of the five papers is to discover how language must be structured in order to explain interactions across syntactic, morphological, and discourse boundaries. Papers work in the theories of lexical-functional grammar, discourse representation study, and lexical morphology. Analyses of Chichewa, Finnish, Japanese, and Serbo-Croatian.

582. Klein-Andreu, Flora, ed. Discourse Perspectives On Syntax. New York: Academic Press, 1983. xvii, 266 pp. Volume contains ten chapters and is divided into three parts: "Events in Discourse", "Entities in Discourse", and "On the Relationship of Grammar to Style and Theory to Data". Papers examine several languages, focusing on actual usage over theory.

583. Mittwoch, Anita. "Sentences, Utterance Boundaries, Personal Debris and the E-Hypothesis". Theoretical Linguistics 12.138-152. Presents evidence against Banfield (1982), which formalizes the assumption that the reference of deictic pronouns must be consistent for each sentence. Claims that since sentence and utterance boundaries do not coincide, there cannot be a rule of agreement between pronouns and their antecedents.

584. Rochemont, Michael S. Focus in Generative Grammar. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1986. 221 pp. A study of sentence focus. systematically related, they independent feature of the syntactic features of focus. languages.

Claims that, although focus and stress may be are not interdependent. Argues for focus as an grammar. Examines focus interpretation and some Examples mostly in English but some from other

585. Sells, Peter. "Aspects of Logophoricity". Linguistic Inquiry 18.445479 (Summer 1987).


113

Presents a formal representation of some fundamental aspects of the notion of logophoricity, using the theory of discourse representation structures. Argues that there is no unified concept of logophoricity, but that logophoric phenomena are the result of other primitive notions of discourse.

586. Wirth, Jessica R., ed. Beyond the Sentence: Discourse and Sentential Form. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Karoma Publications, 1985. viii, 114 pp. Five short papers presented at a University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee symposium in 1980, plus an introductory article. All address the issue of how the syntactic form of a sentence is affected by its larger discourse context, considering phenomena in several languages besides English. Not oriented toward any single theory.

587. Zribi-Hertz, Anne. "Anaphor Binding and Narrative Point of View: English reflexive pronouns in sentence and discourse". Language 65.695-727 (Dec. 1989). Studies certain marginal occurrences of English reflexive pronouns and concludes that they violate Chomsky's binding principle A in a productive way. Binding principle A is correct for sentence-internal anaphora, but incomplete for a theory of discourse.

See also 91, 122, 461, 513, 631, 718, 810, 869.

X.

The Syntax of Specific Languages

Arabic 588. Bentahila, Abdalâli & Eirlys E. Davies. "The Syntax of ArabicFrench Code-switching". Lingua 59.301-330 (April 1983). Authors examine the syntax of intra-sentential code-switching between Arabic and French among Morroccan bilinguals. Conclusion is that code-switching is possible at every syntactic level above the word, but not at word-internal morpheme boundaries.

589. Moutaouahil, Ahmed. Pragmatic Functions in Functional Grammar of Arabic. Dordrecht: Foris, 1989. 156 pp. Applies the theory of functional grammar to Modern Standard Arabic. Describes five pragmatic functions, each of which is treated in a separate chapter. Offers proposals for relating pragmatic functions to Arabic constituents.

590. Owens, Jonathan & Roslan Bani-Yasin. "The Lexical Basis of Variation in Jordanian Arabic". Linguistics 25.705-738 (1987). Demonstrates that two rules exist for plural nonhuman noun agreement, one for Jordanian Arabic and one for Standard Arabic. Rules are lexically conditioned, according to whether the noun in question is colloquial or standard. Argues that the rules are constrained along paradigmatic and syntagmatic parameters.

Chinese 591. Aoun, Joseph & Yen-Hui Audrey Li. "Minimal Disjointness". Linguistics 28.189-203 (1990). Proposes a unified account of Chinese referential and bound pronouns assuming that a disjointness principle applies to pronouns and their binders. Also


115

demonstrates that long-distance, but not short-distance, anaphora need to be raised at the level of logical form.

592. Battistella, Edwin. "Chinese Reflexivization: A movement to INFL approach". Linguistics 27.987-1012 (1989). Working in a government-binding framework, argues that the Chinese reflexive anaphor ziji is moved to INFL at logical form. Claims that certain features of Chinese reflexivization can be accounted for using this approach.

593. Battistella, Edwin. "On the Distribution of PRO in Chinese". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.317-340 (August 1985). Considers binding theory with respect to anaphora in Chinese and suggests some modifications to the theory.

594. Battistella, Edwin & Yonghui Xu. "Remarks on the Reflexive in Chinese". Linguistics 28.205-240 (1990). Authors analyze the use of the reflexive ziji and several compound reflexives as bound anaphora and consider the implications for government-binding theory. The emphatic and arbitrary pronominal uses of ziji also discussed.

595. Chang, Lisa Lai Shen. "De in Mandarin". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 31.313-326 (Winter 1986). Reviews analyses of the particle de. Proposes two des which differ structurally and functionally, based on X-bar theory.

596. Goodall, Grant. "X'-internal Word Order in Mandarin Chinese and Universal Grammar". Linguistics 28.241-261 (1990). Presents evidence against the proposal that head-complement word order should be accounted for with parameters which specify the direction of case and 6-role assignment. Shows that this system cannot account for word order in Mandarin Chinese.

597. Hengeveld, Kees. "A Functional Analysis of Copula Constructions in Mandarin Chinese". Studies in Language 14.291323 (1990). Applies functional grammar to the Chinese copula, especially focusing on the Copula Support Hypothesis.

116

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

598. Hoh, Pau-San & Wen-yu Chiang. "A Focus Account of Moved Wh-phrases at S-structure in Chinese". Lingua 81.47-73 (May 1990). Paper presents evidence that preclausal wh-phrases in Chinese are not basegenerated, but have been moved as a result of being marked for focus. Discusses implications for government-binding theory.

599. Huang, C.-T. James. "Move WH in a Language without WH Movement". The Linguistic Review 1.369-416 (June 1982). Describes certain features of questions and cleft sentences in Chinese. Argues that although they do not undergo movement in the syntax component, there is abstract movement at the level of logical form.

600. Huang, C.-T. James. "Wo sao de kwai and Chinese Phrase Structure". Language 64.274-311 (June 1988). Compares two hypotheses about the structure of resultatives and descriptive sentences in Chinese, concluding that a hypothesis which treats the second verb as a complement to the first is more cogent. Works in government-binding framework.

601. Huang, Chu-Ren. "A Unification-based LFG Analysis of Lexical Discontinuity". Linguistics 28.263-307 (1990). Analyzes Mandarin possessive-object constructions as discontinuous idiom chunks. Accounts for the differences between these and genuine possessive NPs in terms of f-structure.

602. Radzinski, Daniel. "Unbounded Syntactic Copying in Mandarin Chinese". Linguistics and Philosophy 13.113-127 (Feb. 1990). Argues that Mandarin Chinese is not context-free. Bases the argument on boolean yes-no questions, known as A-not A questions.

603. Tang, Chih-Chen Jane. "Chinese Reflexives". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.93-121 (Feb. 1989). Considers the distribution of the reflexive pronoun ziji, which may be an anaphor or an intensifier. Shows that the binding theory cannot account for the facts in its present form and suggests some modifications.


117

604. Tang, Chih-Chen Jane. "A Note on the DP Analysis of the Chinese Noun Phrase". Linguistics 28.337-354 (1990). Supports the argument in Abney (1987) that a determiner phrase must capture certain similarities between sentences and NPs with evidence from Chinese NPs.

605. Xu, Liejiong. "Remarks on LF Movement in Chinese Questions". Linguistics 28.355-382 (1990). Presents arguments against the prevailing notion among government-binding grammarians that Chinese interrogatives support the postulation of movement at the logical form level.

606. Xu, Liejiong. "Towards a Lexical Thematic Theory of Control". The Linguistic Review 5.345-376 (1985/1986). Considers control theory in light of Chinese data, concentrating on empty subjects of complement clauses. Presents a lexical-thematic theory which can account for Chinese and English facts.

607. Xu, Liejiong & D. Terence Langendoen. "Topic Structures in Chinese". Language 61.1-27 (March 1985). Analyzes the syntax of Chinese topic structures. Claims that some constituent of the comment must be related to the topic. If the constituent is an empty category, it is interpreted as a proform whose antecedent is the topic.

Dutch 608. Bennis, Hans & Teun Hoekstra. "Gaps and Parasitic Gaps". The Linguistic Review 4.29-87 (Sep. 1984). Investigates the distribution of parasitic gaps in Dutch, especially noting how it differs from their distribution in English. Demonstrates that these facts follow from independently existing differences between the two languages.

609. Bresnan, Joan [et al.] "Cross-serial Dependencies in Dutch". Linguistic Inquiry 13.613-635 (Fall 1982). Argues that the string set of Dutch is weakly generable by a context-free grammar, but that no context-free grammar generates the correct set of structural

118

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES descriptions. Concludes that natural languages are not strongly context-free. Presents a lexical-functional alternative.

610. Declerck, Renaat. "On the Derivation of Dutch Bare Infinitives after Perception Verbs". Theoretical Linguistics 9.161-179 (1982). Reviews some previous analyses of Dutch bare infinitive constructions and concludes that they are less satisfactory than an explanation in terms of verb raising.

611. Haegeman, Liliane. "The Double Object Construction in West Flemish". The Linguistic Review 5.281-300 (1985/1986). Revises and adds to the government-binding theory of case assignment, based on data from two groups of double object constructions in a dialect of Dutch.

612. Wilt, Koos van der. "Two Remarks on Parasitic Gaps in Dutch". Linguistic Analysis 13.145-155 (1984). Examines restrictions in parasitic gaps in Dutch. They are not licensed by the trace of a +r word (e.g., waar) or in certain infinitival complements with the complementizer om. Particular analyses of these structures taken together with principles of binding will explain the non-occurrence of parasitic gaps.

English 613. Aarts, Bas. "Verb-preposition Constructions and Small Clauses in English". Journal of Linguistics 25.277-290 (Sep. 1989). Reviews previous treatments of phrasal verbs, concentrating on governmentbinding versions. Outlines an improved analysis.

614. Allen, Cynthia. "Movement and Deletion in Old English". Linguistic Inquiry 11.261-323 (Spring 1980). Argues that the facts of Old English relatives indicate the necessity of accepting unbounded deletion rules in the grammar. Demonstrates that Chomsky and Lasnik's (1977) model of the grammar, which rules out unbounded deletion, cannot account for these and other features of Old English.


119

615. Ard, Josh. "Auxiliary Do: Support or emphasis?" Linguistics 20.445466 (1982). Generative analyses of auxiliary do agree that its presence in a sentence is explained on structural grounds. Argues that when auxiliary do is viewed from diachronic and typological perspectives, a closer relationship appears between it and the do of emphasis than has been generally made apparent.

616. Bennett, Paul A. "English Passives: A study in syntactic change and relational grammar". Lingua 51.101-114 (June/July 1980). Describes several types of passive allowed in Middle English but not in Old English. Claims that these structures are not the result of a new passive rule but of the creation of new classes of direct object. Proposes that this may be a paradigm of syntactic change within the relational grammar framework.

617. Beukema, Frits & Peter Coopmans. "A Government-binding Perspective on the Imperative in English". Journal of Linguistics 25.417-436 (Sep. 1989). Investigates the syntactic representation of the imperative. Argues that it is less idiosyncratic than is sometimes supposed.

618. Carroll, Susanne. "Reflexives and the Dependency Relation 'R'" The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 31.1-43 (Spring 1986). Claims that some English reflexives are referential rather than anaphoric and share many properties with definite pronouns. Points out weaknesses in Koster's locality principle and Chomsky's binding theory in the handling of reflexives. Proposes an alternative analysis.

619. Carroll, Susanne. "Remarks on FOR-TO Infinitives". Linguistic Analysis 12.415-451 (Dec. 1983). Proposes an analysis of infinitival complementizers in non-standard dialects of English which allow sentences such as Mary wants for to leave. Claims that for can be a preposition in some cases. Supports government-binding theory.

620. Eckman, Fred R. "On the Ordering of Verbal Prefixes and Particles". Studies in Language 4.65-86 (1980).

120

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

Proposes an explanation for the facts of verbal particle movement based on independently motivated principles of English syntax. Extends the analysis to particles in other languages.

621. Fagan, Sarah M. B. "The English Middle". Linguistic Inquiry 19.181-203 (Spring 1988). In reply to Keyser and Roeper (1984), author claims that both ergative and middle verbs are lexically derived and both are syntactically intransitive. The differences between these two verb types are semantic in nature.

622. Haegeman, Liliane & Herman Wekker. "The Syntax and Interpretation of Futurate Conditionals in English". Journal of Linguistics 20.45-55 (March 1984). Proposes an explanation for constraints on the distribution of will and would in futurate if clauses, based on X-bar theory.

623. Hannay, Michael. English Existentials in Functional Grammar. Dordrecht & Riverton, N. J.: Foris, 1985. xiv, 226 pp. Presents a functional grammar analysis of the existential there construction. Analyzes structural restrictions on this construction in terms of its use in discourse.

624. Kemenade, Ans van. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1987. xi, 249 pp. Writing in a government-binding framework, author analyzes certain aspects of Old English. Argues that Old English was an SOV language. Also claims that personal pronouns were clitics.

625. Keyser, Samuel J. & Thomas Roeper. "On the Middle and Ergative Constructions in English". Linguistic Inquiry 15.381-416 (Summer 1984). Argues for the existence of ergative and middle verbs in English as well as transitive and intransitive. Middle verbs are transitive in the lexicon and sentences containing them are generated by a syntactic movement rule. Ergative-type sentences are derived by a lexical movement rule.

626. Lundy, Robert. "English Elliptical Sentences and Coordinate


121

Conjunction". Studies in Language 4.87-103 (1980). Offers an account of elliptical sentences which explains gapping and certain coordinate structures.

627. McCawley, James D. The Syntactic Phenomena of English. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1988. 2 Volumes, 768 pp. First and second chapters outline the theory of generative grammar that will be used as a framework for discussion in the following chapters. Remaining twentyone chapters each address a specific aspect of English syntax, with emphasis on detailed description. Exercises included.

628. MacKenzie, J. Lachlan & Mike Hannay. "Prepositional Predicates and Focus Constructions in a Functional Grammar of English". Lingua 56.43-57 (Jan. 1982). Shows that a functional grammar account which considers predicative adpositions and the focused element in pseudoclefts derived predicates correctly predicts certain lexical gaps and the existence of some prepositionless relative clauses.

629. Rigter, Bob. "Stacked Structures in English: Semantic motivation and syntactic stipulation". Lingua 53.33-60 (Jan. 1981). Argues against some previous analyses of auxiliaries, using evidence from epistemic/deontic be. Suggests an analysis in which semantic material distributed over stacked structures is subject to a semantico-syntactic ordering principle which places objective predications in the scope of subjective predication.

630. Seppänen, Aimo. "English a(n)—An article or a numeral?" Linguistische Berichte 81.32-51 (Oct. 1982). Argues against the claim in Perlmutter (1970) that a(n) is an unstressed variant of one. Supports the notion that two historically identical and synchronically similar items can have distinct representations at deep structure.

631. Sobin, Nicholas. "On the Syntax of English Echo Questions". Lingua 81.141-167 (July 1990). Proposes a discourse strategy called COMP-freezing to account for the seemingly abnormal aspects of echo question formation.

632. Stein, Dieter. The Semantics of Syntactic Change: Aspects

122

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

of the Evolution of 'do' in English. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1990. 444 pp. Traces the development of paraphrastic do from the thirteenth century. Studies various aspects such as literary style, semantics, morphology, syntax, and pragmatic aspects of usage.

633. Zwicky, Arnold. "Slashes in the Passive". Linguistics 25.639669(1987). Points out weaknesses in present treatments of the English passive, which derive it either by metarule or lexical rule. Proposes an analysis which uses a syntactic feature PAS and a SLASH (missing) constituent.

French 634. Adams, Marianne. "From Old French to the Theory of Pro-drop". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.1-32 (Feb. 1987). Describes a type of empty pronominal in twelfth and thirteenth century French. Modifies and expands current theory of the pro-drop parameter of universal grammar in a way which can account for the Old French facts and explain the historical change from a pro-drop to a non-pro-drop language.

635. Ambrose, Jeanne. "The French Interrogative 'Que'. Linguistic Analysis 11.239-246 (April 1983). Analyzes the interrogative que as a clitic and proposes that it must appear adjacent to the verb. Uses a government-binding model.

636. Ashby, William J. "The Drift of French Syntax". Lingua 57.2946(May 1982). Examines the notion that French is becoming a VSO language against a corpus of data from Modern French and concludes that the facts do not support such a theory, but do suggest that French is developing a topic-prominent type of sentence.

637. Ashby, William J. "The Syntax, Pragmatics, and Sociolinguistics of Left- and Right-dislocations in French". Lingua 75.203-230 (July 1988).


123

Presents aspects of dislocation in spoken French and argues that there is no evidence that dislocated subjects are being grammaticalized as ordinary subjects.

638. Bailard, Joëlle. "A Functional Approach to Subject Inversion". Studies in Language 5.1-29 (1981). Takes issue with previous accounts of subject inversion in French. Claims that apparently exceptional cases can be explained by taking pragmatic and discourse factors into account.

639. Barnes, Betsy K. "A Functional Explanation of French Nonlexical Datives". Studies in Language 9.159-195 (1985). Provides a functional analysis of dative clitics in which the clitic always represents a theme of the sentence. Uses Dik's (1978) Markedness Hypothesis to explain constraints on nonlexical datives.

640. Barnes, Betsy K. "The Notion of Dative in Linguistic Theory and the Grammar of French". Lingvisticae Investigationes 4.245-292 (1980). Proposes a semantic characterization of dative to account for the difference between indirect object phrases in French that can be pronominalized and those for which only the disjunctive form is possible. Argues that dative is always the theme of the sentence.

641. Bouchard, Denis. "A Few Remarks on Past Participle Agreement". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.449-474 (Nov. 1987). Proposes an analysis of past participle agreement in French which uses 6-theory, specifically the 6-grid of the past participle.

642. Bouchard, Denis. "French Voici /Voila and the Analysis of Prodrop". Language 64.89-100 (March 1988). The fact that voici and voiia are subjectless verbs interpreted as present indicative is shown to follow from an absence of marking for tense or subject agreement. Lack of abstract case assignment allows the presence of a non-lexical category (the pro-drop phenomenon). Reply by Morin, same issue.

643. Burston, Jack L. "Clitic Object Sequence and Cooccurence Restrictions in French". Linguistic Analysis 11.247-275 (April 1983).

124

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

Argues against traditional and transformational analyses of French clitic object sequencing. Proposes a system based on certain grammatical features.

644. Drijkoningen, Frank. The Syntax of Verbal Affixation. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1989. viii, 186 pp. Studies French participle constructions and argues that differences in behavior of present, past, and passive participles is due to their adjunction to the verbal projection at different levels.

645. Herschensohn, Julia. "French Causatives: Restructuring, opacity, filters, and construal". Linguistic Analysis 8.217-280 (Sep. 1981). Reviews several treatments of causative constructions and points out the inadequacies of these accounts. Proposes a restructuring rule and three surface filters which will satisfactorily explain the data.

646. Herschensohn, Julia. "The French Presentational as a Base Generated Structure". Studies in Language 6.193-219 (1982). Argues that French presentational sentences are base generated and their corresponding active sentences are formed by leftward movement of the postverbal NP into subject position.

647. Herschensohn, Julia. "On Clitic Placement in French". Linguistic Analysis 6.187-219 (May 1980). Examines previous treatments of French clitics. Offers an analysis in which clitic placement is a cyclic structure-preserving movement.

648. Hulk, Aafke. "'Lui' Versus 'En' in French Causatives". Linguistic Analysis 13.253-271 (1984). Uses 0-theory to provide a unified account of the distribution of the clitic pronouns en and lui. Proposes a principle requiring that direct 6-role assignment take precedence over indirect assignment.

649. Kayne, Richard S. "Chains, Categories External to S, and French Complex Inversion". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.107-139 (1983).

125


Examines the possibilities for movement and adjunction in a government-binding type framework, focusing on sentences in French such as cela est-il faux?

Presents

hypotheses for thematic interpretation and binding.

650. Lamiroy, Béatrice. "The Complementation of Aspectual Verbs in French". Language 63.278-298 (June 1987). Author presents data to show that certain constraints exist between French aspectual verbs of the begin class and the embedded predicate which are relevant to the contrast between raising and control structures. Discusses the semantics of this verb type.

651. Legendre, Géraldine. "French Impersonal Constructions". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.81-128 (Feb. 1990). Distinguishes impersonal passive from extraposition according to whether the predicate is unergative or not. Works in the relational grammar model.

652. Legendre, Géraldine. "Inversion with Certain French Experiencer Verbs". Language 65.752-782 (Dec. 1989). Working in relational grammar, author argues that experiencer verbs are 'inversion' predicates, and that the superficial subject is a direct object at a deeper level, while the indirect object is a subject at a deeper level. This is in contrast to the analysis of Belletti and Rizzi (1988).

653. Legendre, Géraldine. "Object Raising in French: A unified account". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.137-183 (May 1986). Proposes a condition on object raising formulated in relational grammar terms. Demonstrates that all the data can be accounted for in a unified way using this condition.

654. Morin, Yves-Charles. "French Voici and Voilà: A reply to Bouchard". Language 64.101-103 (March 1988). Discusses Bouchard's article (same issue), presenting new evidence from the Marais-Vendéen dialect.

655. Morin, Yves-Charles. "On the Two French Subjectless Verbs Voici and Voilà". Language 61.777-820 (Dec. 1985).

126

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Analyzes voici and voilà as subjectless finite verbs with the tense and mood of present indicative. Considers also certain dialects such as Quebec French, in which voici /voilà have lost some of their exceptional characteristics. Examines the implications for extended standard theory.

656. Morin, Yves-Charles. "Some Myths about Pronominal Clitics in French". Linguistic Analysis 8.95-109 (Sep. 1981). Questions the data and the resulting analysis of French clitics offered in Herschensohn (1980). Discusses the distribution of clitics and the sequence of their appearance.

657. Morin, Yves-Charles & Jonathan D. Kaye. "The Syntactic Bases for French Liaison". Journal of Linguistics 18.291-330 (Sep. 1982). Refutes work by Selkirk (1974) which accounts for liaison facts using X-bar syntax. Argues that syntactic structure has had mainly a historical influence on liaison.

658. Pearce, Elizabeth. Parameters in Old French Syntax: Infinitival Complements. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1990. ix, 327 pp. Analyzes Old French infinitival constructions within a government-binding framework. Chapters cover causative and non-causative infinitivais in Romance languages generally and in Old French.

659. Postal, Paul M. "A Failed Analysis of the French Cohesive Infinitive Construction". Linguistic Analysis 8.281-323 (Sep. 1981). Examines work analyzing the French causative construction, particularly Quicoli (1980), and reveals several flaws. Argues for an analysis which does not include movement rules, interpretive rules, or the resulting constraints on those rules. Reply by Quicoli (1982).

660. Postal, Paul M. "On Characterizing French Grammatical Structure". Linguistic Analysis 11.361-417 (June 1983). Response to Quicoli (1982) concerning French cohesive infinitives, criticizing Quicoli's methodology.

661. Quicoli, A[ntonio] Carlos. "Clitic Movement in French Causatives". Linguistic Analysis 6.131-185 (May 1980).


127

Reviews previous analyses of clitic movement. Proposes an alternative which is more compatible with existing principles of grammar.

662. Quicoli, A[ntonio] Carlos. "The Placement of Y, En in French Causatives". Linguistic Analysis 8.343-376 (Dec. 1981). Argues that placement of the prepositional clitics y and en is effected through a cyclic rule, and that the facts of these clitics follow from the Specified Subject Condition.

663. Quicoli, A[ntonio] Carlos. "Remarks on French Clitic Systems". Linguistic Analysis 14.55-96 (1984). Defends the claim that Principle A of Chomsky's binding theory (1981) can provide an explanation of constraints on clitic placement in French. Specifically discusses previous criticisms made by Postal. Postal replies in following issue.

664. Quicoli, A[ntonio] Carlos. "Some Issues on the Theory of Clitics". Linguistic Analysis 10.203-273 (Oct. 1982). A reply to an attack made by Postal (1981) on author's analysis of French causatives. Reviews the binding theory of clitics. Reanalyzes Postal's data from a different perspective.

665. Rooryck, Johan. "Relative Clauses and Binding in French: The solution of Bouchard". Lingvisticae Investigationes 12.151-155 (1988). Reviews Bouchard's (1984) analysis of empty categories and argues that his treatment of relative clauses is not adequate to account for the elements in COMP position according to government-binding theory.

666. Rouveret, Alain & Jean-Roger Vergnaud. "Specifying Reference to the Subject: French causatives and conditions on representations". Linguistic Inquiry 11.97-202 (Winter 1980). Authors extend Kayne's (1975) analysis of French dative clitics, which incorporates Chomsky's Specified Subject condition, to the prepositional clitics y and en. The Specified Subject Condition is reformulated as a wellformedness condition on logical form.

128

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

667. Sportiche, Dominique. "Bounding Nodes in French". The Linguistic Review 1.219-246 (Dec. 1981). In the context of government-binding theory, author examines the interaction between the principle of subjacency and the parameters for bounding in French. Shows how a particular formulation of subjacency for French can explain some properties of the rules of wh-movement and PP extraposition in that language.

668. Sportiche, Dominique. "A Theory of Floating Quantifiers and Its Corollaries for Constituent Structure". Linguistic Inquiry 19.425-449 (Summer 1988). Proposes an analysis of floating quantifiers for French which assumes that INFL is a raising category in certain languages.

German 669. Bayer, Josef. "COMP in Bavarian Syntax". The Linguistic Review 3.209-274 (March 1984). Describes some syntactic differences between standard German and Bavarian. Argues that Bavarian is partially a pro-drop language, based on evidence from the clitic system and the nature of COMP in that language.

670. Cardinaletti, Anna. "Es, Pro and Sentential Arguments in German". Linguistische Berichte 126.135-164 (April 1990). Argues that the complementary distribution of the pronoun es and the empty pronominal follows from the Avoid Pronoun Principle and licensing properties of German COMP.

671. Connolly, Leo A. "Case Grammar and Word Order in German: The case for place by case". Studies in Language 11.129-161 (1987). Proposes a case grammar explanation of ordering of NPs in German.

672. Grewendorf, Günther. Ergativity in German. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1989. xii, 258 pp. Reexamines some aspects of German sentence structure with the underlying assumption that German has a category of sentences with an empty pronominal subject. Follows Burzio's unaccusative hypothesis of 1986.


129

673. Johnson, Mark. "A GPSG Account of VP Structure in German". Linguistics 24.871-882 (1986). Presents evidence that German VPs containing auxiliaries display two alternative structures. Argues that this fact is predicted in an analysis combining a generalized phrase structure treatment of auxiliaries with Nerbonne's (same issue) treatment of verb phrases.

674. Nerbonne, John. "'Phantoms' and German Fronting: Poltergeist constituents?" Linguistics 24.857-870 (1986). Argues that partial verb phrases count as constituents in German sentences. Proposes a generalized phrase structure grammar analysis using the categorial grammar method of adding complements to a verb one at a time.

675. Nerbonne, John. "A Phrase Structure Grammar for German Passive". Linguistics 24.907-938 (1986). Claims that werden passives in German are lexically formed and subjectless if in the impersonal case. Formulates an analysis in generalized phrase structure grammar.

676. Shin, Soo-Song. "On Long Distance Movement in German". Linguistische Berichte 115.229-254 (June 1988). Applies Chomsky's Barriers model (1986) to long distance movements. Argues that there is no long distance NP movement in German, but there is long distance whmovement.

677. Toman, Jindfich, ed. Studies in German Grammar. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. xii, 447 pp. A government-binding approach to German grammar. Eleven articles cover configurationality, verb movement, COMP structure, case assignment, expletives, and the syntax of words.

678. Toman, Jindfich. "A (Word-)Syntax for Participles. Linguistische Berichte 105.367-408 (Oct. 1986). Presents an analysis of German participles in a government-binding framework. Argues that there is one single second participle in German.

130

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

679. Uszkoreit, Hans. Word Order and Constituent Structure in German. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 1987. ix, 190 pp. Attempts to describe the constraints on constituent order in German and to determine whether German syntax can be accounted for using generalized phrase structure grammar. First chapters describe facts of German syntax and introduce generalized phrase structure theory. Remaining chapters cover main and auxiliary verbs, main and subordinate clauses including verb-second main clauses, verbal complements, and morphosyntax. Appendix lists phrase structure rules for the fragment of German developed in the book. 680. Webelhuth, Gert. "German is Configurational". The Linguistic Review 4.203-246 (March 1985). Argues that analyses of German as a weakly non-configurational language are not well motivated and proposes an analysis of German sentence structure which assumes that German is configurational. 681. Wolff, Roland A. "German Past Participles and the Simplicity Metric". Linguistics 19.3-13 (1981). Questions whether the simplicity metric favoring the simplest, most general analysis in fact allows for the most accurate description of a speaker's competence. An experiment indicates that the most general rule for German past participle formation does not reflect the speaker's actual internalized grammar.

Germanic Languages 682. Haegeman, Liliane & Henk van Riemsdijk. "Verb Projection Raising, Scope, and Typology of Rules Affecting Verbs". Linguistic Inquiry 17.417-466 (Summer 1986). Examines a type of clause union called verb projection raising, which occurs in some dialects of Flemish and German. Argues that the multiple representation approach can account for its major properties. Discusses the implications for scope interpretation.


131

683. Haider, Hubert & Martin Prinzhorn, eds. Verb Second Phenomena in Germanic Languages. Dordrecht & Riverton, N. J.: Foris, 1986. 207 pp. Seven papers from a 1984 symposium, treating the constraint in modern Germanic languages which requires that the finite verb must occupy second position in certain clauses. Norwegian, German, Frisian, Icelandic, and Swedish are discussed. Papers written using the government-binding model.

684. Weerman, Fred. The V2 Conspiracy: A Synchronic and a Diachronic Analysis of Verbal Positions in Germanic Languages. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1989. 263 pp. Develops an explanation of the diachronic phenomena associated with the fact that verbs regularly are found in second position in the sentence in Germanic languages. Argues that the relevant changes are the result of a shift from morphological to syntactic means of visualizing certain grammatical relations. Looks at Dutch, German, and English.

685. Wilt, Koos van der. "Long Distance Anaphora in Dutch and Icelandic: A remark on learnability". Linguistic Analysis 15.177-186 (1985). Analyzes the Dutch reflexive anaphor zich using Kayne's notion of government directionality. Conclusions supported with data from Icelandic.

Greek 686. Campos, Héctor. "Passives in Modern Greek". Lingua 73.301-312 (Dec. 1987). Some types of Greek passive appear to violate Chomsky's Uniformity Principle. Author proposes an analysis which separates passives into two types and demonstrates that given this interpretation, apparent exceptions can be explained within government-binding theory.

687. Horrocks, Geoffrey & Malita Stavrou. "Bounding Theory and Greek Syntax: Evidence for wh-movement in NP". Journal of Linguistics 23.79-108 (March 1987).

132

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Paper assumes that bounding nodes are S, S', and NP. Applies bounding theory to sentences of Modern Greek which have extractions of interrogative or relative constituents and considers which parameters must be adjusted to account for the data.

688. Joseph, Brian D. "Relativization in Modern Greek". Lingua 60.124 (May 1983). An in-depth look at Modern Greek relativization shows that certain aspects of relative clause formation in Greek do not conform to universals derived from Keenan and Comrie's Noun Phrase Accessibility Hierarchy. Theoretical consequences of this are discussed.

689. Kakouriotis, A. "Raising in Modern Greek". Lingua 52.157-177 (Sep./Oct. 1980). Presents evidence for the existence of subject to object raising in Modern Greek. Argues against verb raising and the treatment of Greek causatives as simplex sentences.

690. Philippaki-Warburton, Irene. "The Theory of Empty Categories and the Pro-drop Parameter in Modern Greek". Journal of Linguistics 23.289-318 (Sep. 1987). Examines empty categories in Greek from a government-binding perspective. Identifies types of empty categories and offers a new interpretation of the pro-drop parameter.

691. Porter, Stanley E. Verbal Aspect in the Greek of the New Testament, With Reference to Tense and Mood. New York: Peter Lang, 1989. xii, 582 pp. Using a systemic linguistics model, argues that the category of synthetic verbal aspect provides a framework for explaining different uses of tense forms in Biblical Greek. Chapters cover a systemic analysis of Greek verbal aspect, the influence of Semitic languages, aorist, present, future and perfect tenses, conditionals, and paraphrastics.


133

Hebrew 692. Borer, Hagit. Parametric Syntax: Case Studies in Semitic and Romance Languages. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1984. ix, 260 pp. Revision of the author's dissertation. Attempts to account for the variability of syntactic parameters among different languages, working within a governmentbinding model of grammar. Presents a detailed comparative study of clitics in Modern Hebrew and the Romance languages.

693. Borer, Hagit. "Restrictive Relatives in Modern Hebrew". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.219-260 (July 1984). Applies government-binding theory to Hebrew restrictive relatives, demonstrating that traditional problems in accounting for relatives in languages which allow a resumptive pronoun may be solved using this theory.

694. Junger, Judith. Predicate Formation in the Verbal System of Modern Hebrew. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1988. vi, 182 pp. Describes the Hebrew verbal system in terms of functional grammar. Discusses the representation of abstract roots, morphophonological patterns, the formation of the concrete verb, and the relation of the syntax to the semantics.

695. Ritter, Elizabeth. "A Head-movement Approach to Construct-state Noun Phrases". Linguistics 26.909-929 (1988). Proposes an analysis for construct-state NPs in Modern Hebrew which supports the idea of parallelism between the internal structures of NPs and sentences. Uses proposals that S is the maximal projection of INFL and NP is the maximal projection of the determiner to treat subjects of NPs in the same way as sentence subjects.

696. Shlonsky, Ur. "Complementizer-cliticization in Hebrew and the Empty Category Principle". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.191-205 (May 1988). Points out that, in contrast to English, Hebrew embedded subjects may be extracted across the complementizer se. Proposes that this absence of a restriction

134

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES is due to the movement of se out of its base-generated position as head of CP (S') between d-structure and s-structure.

697. Shlonsky, Ur. "Government and Binding in Hebrew Nominals". Linguistics 26.951-976 (1988). Shows that positing a null subject in the specifier position of NP can provide a means of accounting for binding relations inside NP. Facts of extraction from within NP are also discussed and accounted for.

698. Shlonsky, Ur. "Pro in Hebrew Subject Inversion". Linguistic Inquiry 21.263-275 (Spring 1990). Proposes that a null subject may be identified not only through INFL but by any phonologically discrete element in pro's chain with the relevant features. Uses Hebrew data to support the argument.

699. Ziv, Yael. "On So-called 'Existentials': A typological problem". Lingua 56.261-281 (Mar./April 1982). Discusses the validity of classifying certain types of sentences in Modern Colloquial Hebrew as existential. Examines the syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic implications.

Hindi and Related Languages 700. Comrie, Bernard. "Reflections on Verb Agreement in Hindi and Related Languages". Linguistics 22.857-864 (1984). Questions whether verb agreement in Hindi can be described without reference to grammatical relations. Uses other Indo-Aryan languages related to Hindi to support the argument that Hindi verb agreement is related to notions of subject and object.

701. Dasgupta, Probal. "Bangla Equatives, Complementizers, Final Foci, and Roots". Linguistic Analysis 11.103-137 (March 1983). In the language Bangla/Bengali, SOV is the unmarked order, but SVO occurs. Author claims that SVO sentences are root clauses which end in a final focused element. Root clauses are distinguished from other clauses in that they cannot be embedded.


135

702. Davison, Alice. "On the Form and Meaning of Hindi Passive Sentences". Lingua 58.149-179 (Sep./Oct. 1982). Passive sentences in Hindi share distinctive verbal morphology and case marking, but fall into three meaning categories. Each is loosely associated with a typical form, but it is not possible to directly relate a form with a meaning through syntactic means. Conversational inference must come into play.

703. Davison, Alice. "Operator Binding, Gaps, and Pronouns". Linguistics 26.181-214 (1988). Describes a set of structures in Hindi-Urdu which appear to contain a gap or resumptive pronoun variable-bound by an antecedent in a higher clause. Proposes that the antecedent is an internal operator coindexed with a lexical or null pronoun in the subordinate clause. Discusses implications for resumptive pronouns.

704. Gair, James W. & Kashi Wali. "Hindi Agreement as Anaphor". Linguistics 27.45-70 (1989). Authors propose an account of Hindi verb agreement which explains differing agreement patterns across sentence types and aspects. They argue that agreement is anaphoric and can be accounted for in terms of c-command and case marking.

705. Kachru, Yamuna. "Ergativity, Subjecthood, and Topicality in Hindi-Urdu". Lingua 71.223-238 (April 1987). Studies the extent to which ergative NPs in Hindi-Urdu have topic properties. Characteristic devices of discourse cohesion are described, including the role of tense as it bears on the use of ergative subjects.

706. Klaiman, M[iriam] H. "The Prehistory of Noun Incorporation in Hindi". Lingua 81.327-350 (August 1990). Shows that Hindi N + V conjunct verbs behave as though in the advanced stages of noun incorporation, although morphosyntactically the noun is not truly incorporated. Proposes a revision of Mithun's (1984) model of noun incorporation to account for this fact.

707. Pandit, Ira. "Conditions on Crossover in Hindi". Lingua 72.45-52 (May 1987). Argues that anaphoric relations between pronouns and variables and pronouns and referential NPs can be accounted for by one constraint. Also discusses several

136

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

ways in which features of Hindi may influence a formulation of the binding principles.

708. Rosen, Carol & Kashi Wali. "Twin Passives, Inversion and Multistratism in Marathi". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.1-50 (Feb. 1989). In the language of Marathi, there exist two types of passives, which can be homophonous. Authors investigate this phenomenon using a relational grammar framework. They present evidence that the two passives are syntactically distinct.

709. Saksena, Anuradha. "A Case-marking Constraint". Lingua 60.41-52 (May 1983). Discusses an apparent case-marking constraint in Hindi which calls into question whether generalizations regarding case relations and sentence expansion should refer to deep structure alone.

710. Saksena, Anuradha. "Verb Agreement in Hindi". Linguistics 19.467-474 (1981). Shows that the apparently complex rule of verb agreement in Hindi can be stated simply if formulated in terms of surface realization of case marking rather than grammatical notions of subject and object.

711. Saksena, Anuradha. "Verb Agreement in Hindi, Part II: A critique of Comrie's analysis". Linguistics 23.137-142 (1985). Argues against Comrie (1984), claiming that his analysis of Hindi verb agreement is not well-motivated. Comrie's reply follows.

712. Wurff, Wim van der. "The Syntax of Participial Adjuncts in Eastern Bengali". Journal of Linguistics 25.373-416 (Sep. 1989). Discusses certain characteristics of participial adjuncts from a government-binding point of view. Argues that there is no abstract AGR, at least in these cases.


137

Hungarian 713. Farkas, Donca F. "On the Syntactic Position of Focus in Hungarian". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.77-96 (Feb. 1986). Argues against Horvath's (1981) analysis of focused constituents in Hungarian which claims that they are sisters of the verb in surface structure. Proposes instead that focused constituents are sisters of VP or S.

714. Farkas, Donka F. & Jerrold M. Sadock. "Preverb Climbing in Hungarian". Language 65.318-338 (June 1989). Proposes an account of Hungarian preverbal particles using the autolexical framework of Sadock (1985).

715. Groot, Casper de. Predicate Structure in a Functional Grammar of Hungarian. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1989. x, 248 pp. Supports a functional grammar model through its application to a body of Hungarian data. Focuses on the notion of predicate-frame. Introductory chapter outlines a functional grammar of Hungarian. Other chapters cover the classification of predicates, person-marking, passives, anaphora, and copulas.

716. Horvath, Julia. Focus in the Theory of Grammar and the Syntax of Hungarian. Dordrecht & Riverton, N. J.: Foris, 1986. viii, 241 pp. Expanded version of author's dissertation. Aims to provide a uniform description of several syntactic structures in Hungarian consistent with a government-binding framework. Argues that Hungarian is a configurational language with SVO word order. Discusses wh-questions and focus constructions in detail, as well as covering a number of other syntactic phenomena in Hungarian.

717. Kiss, Katalin É. Configurationality in Hungarian. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1987. 268 pp. Analyzes Hungarian syntax from a government-binding point of view. Major claim is that operator positions in Hungarian are configurationally determined, but propositions are non-configurational. Concentrates on Hungarian phrase structure, refuting some earlier analyses and proposing a set of base rules. Also discusses binding, coreference, and the scope of operators.

138

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

718. Kiss, É. Katalin. "Structural Relations in Hungarian, a Tree' Word Order Language". Linguistic Inquiry 12.185-213 (Spring 1981). Argues that Hungarian word order is not free, but is not based on case relations. The relevant categories are topic and focus. Defines topic and focus positions in structural rather than semantic terms.

719. Szabolcsi, Anna. "The Possessor That Ran Away from Home". The Linguistic Review 3.89-102 (Sep. 1983). Claims that NP in Hungarian is like S in containing an INFL and a peripheral position. Analyzes the possessive NP.

Irish 720. Chung, Sandra & James McCloskey. "Government, Barriers, and Small Clauses in Modern Irish". Linguistic Inquiry 18.173-237 (Spring 1987). Describes certain data from Modern Irish. Compares the pattern of behavior of the language's small clauses with its full clauses, especially with respect to movement.

721. McCloskey, James. "Inflection and Conjunction in Modern Irish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.245-281 (May 1986). Considers certain types of structures which contain null pronominals and formulates some principles of government which will account for their grammaticality.

722. McCloskey, James. "Raising, Subcategorization and Selection in Modern Irish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.441-485 (1984). Presents evidence that embedded subject NPs may be raised to a prepositional object position in the matrix clause. Considers the implications for various grammatical theories.


139

723. McCloskey, James & Ken Hale. "On the Syntax of Person-number Inflection in Modern Irish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.487-533 (1984). Discusses certain instances in Irish where null subjects occur without a corresponding inflectional marking on the verb. Hypothesizes a phonologically null inflectional subject.

724. McCloskey, James & Peter Sells. "Control and A-chains in Modern Irish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.143-189 (May 1988). Reexamines McCloskey (1980) which suggests a situation of obligatory control of a prepositional object in an embedded clause. Presents some new data and puts forward an analysis utilizing principles of 6-role assignment.

725. Malone, Joseph L. "Irish nâ, a Disambiguator of Perceptually Equivocal Surface Structure". Studies in Language 4.25-63 (1980). Formulates an insertion rule to account for the appearance of the particle nâ between the subject NP and the predicate NP of certain types of copular sentences. Treats it as a syntactic disambiguator.

726. Postal, Paul. "Why Irish Raising Is Not Anomalous". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.333-356 (Aug. 1986). Discusses McCloskey's (1984) analysis of subject raising and proposes an alternative explanation in terms of relational grammar.

727. Stenson, Nancy. "Irish Autonomous Impersonals". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.379-406 (August 1989). Investigates a certain type of impersonal construction and considers the best characterization of its empty subject. Hypothesizes that it is arbitrary PRO, an ungoverned null pronominal. Proposes an analysis of Irish phrase structure which will make this hypothesis compatible with assumptions of government-binding theory.

728. Stowell, Tim. "Raising in Irish and the Projection Principle". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.317-359 (August 1989). Discusses work by McCloskey (1984) which claims that raising in Irish involves movement of an NP to a VP-internal position, violating the Projection Principle.

140

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Makes the proposal that raising involves movement of an inherently case-marked NP to subject position, in line with the Projection Principle, but counter to the Uniformity Condition.

Italian 729. Adams, Marianne. "Multiple Interrogation in Italian". The Linguistic Review 4.1-27 (Sep. 1984). Puts forward a parameterized condition on COMP adjunction in order to explain facts of wh-movement in Italian, resolving some difficulties with Rizzi's (1982) analysis. Supports her arguments with evidence from other languages.

730. Belletti, Adriana. "On the Anaphoric Status of the Reciprocal Construction in Italian". The Linguistic Review 2.101-138 (Dec. 1982). Demonstrates that the distribution and behavior of reciprocals in Italian is predictable from the interaction of different modules of the grammar.

731. Belletti, Adriana & Luigi Rizzi. "Psych-verbs and 6-theory". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.291-352 (August 1988). Authors discuss 6-role assignment in the case of Italian psychological verbs such as temare and placere. They argue that a systematic mapping of 6-roles onto NPs is possible given a particular deep structure for sentences containing this type of verb.

732. Belletti, Adriana & Luigi Rizzi. "The Syntax of 'Ne': Some theoretical implications". The Linguistic Review 1.117-154 (Dec. 1981). Aims to show that the government-binding framework can satisfactorily explain some interesting properties of the Italian clitic pronoun ne. Authors make a partial reformulation of the definition of government.

733. Burzio, Luigi. Italian Syntax: A Government-Binding Approach. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1986. xiii, 468 pp. Comprehensive study of Italian syntax, including discussion of verb classes, cliticization, impersonal si, causatives, and restructuring. Sections on Piedmontese and French. Argues for a class of ergative verbs in Italian.


141

734. Cinque, Guglielmo. "On Si Constructions and the Theory of Arb". Linguistic Inquiry 19.521-581 (Fall 1988). Proposes an account of the restrictions on impersonal si using 6-theory and case theory. Extends the analysis to other Romance languages.

735. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Complementation in Italian: Phonetically null vs. totally absent complements". Language 61.73-94 (March 1985). Claims that Italian sentences that lack complements to the matrix verb are basegenerated without those complements. Supports this hypothesis with a range of syntactic and semantic data. Works in government-binding theory.

736. Napoli, Donna Jo. "Semantic Interpretation Vs. Lexical Governance: Clitic climbing in Italian". Language 57.841-887 (Dec. 1981). Argues that the rule of restructuring explains the syntactic properties of 'clitic climbing' sentences in Italian, but fails to account for the semantic features. Claims that a freely operating syntactic rule followed by certain semantic interpretation rules will handle all the data.

737. Napoli, Donna Jo & Marina Nespor. "Comparative Structures in Italian". Language 62.622-653 (Sep. 1986). Working in an extended standard theory model, authors argue that comparative di is a preposition while comparative che is a coordinator which has only a balancing function. Comparative di phrases, like other PPs, can either modify or balance.

738. Perlmutter, David M. "Personal Vs. Impersonal Constructions". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.141-200 (1983). Argues against analyses which claim that the nominative case nominal determining verb agreement is always the final subject. Presents data from Italian which run counter to this claim and which support a relational grammar model.

739. Rizzi, Luigi. Issues in Italian Syntax. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1982. xiv, 188 pp. Uses the extended standard theory to address certain theoretical and descriptive issues in Italian syntax. Four essays on restructuring, violations of the wh -island constraint, infinitives with lexical subjects, and the null subject parameter.

142

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

740. Rizzi, Luigi. "Null Objects in Italian and Theory of Pro". Linguistic Inquiry 17.501-557 (Summer 1986). Discusses the nature of the mapping between the lexicon and syntactic form. Argues that different grammatical systems will choose different options. Focuses on possibilities for the representation of null objects in Italian.

741. Vietri, Simonetta. "The Indefinite Article and the Restrictive Relative Clause in Italian". Lingvisticae Investigationes 11.253-281 (1987). Studies restrictive relative clauses the head of which is an NP with an indefinite article. Argues that whether the article is specific or not depends on the tense of the relative clause as well as the tense and aspect of the main verb.

Japanese 742. Dubinsky, Stanley. "Oblique to Direct Object Advancement in Japanese". Linguistic Analysis 15.57-75 (1985). Presents a relational grammar analysis of the locative NPs associated with Japanese verbs of motion. Claims that they are initially oblique objects which advance to direct object.

743. Farmer, Ann Kathleen. Modularity in Syntax: A Study of Japanese and English. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984. ix, 238 pp. Outlines a modular theory of grammar based partially on the government-binding model, and uses it to analyze aspects of Japanese and English. Topics include phrase structure, case marking, movement and anaphora. Points out implications for language typology.

744. Farmer, Ann K., Ken Hale, & Natsuko Tsujimura. "A Note on Weak Crossover in Japanese". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.33-42 (Feb. 1986). Reviews Saito and Hoji (1983) and presents apparent counterexamples to their claims concerning movement and anaphora in Japanese. Proposes some possible approaches to resolving the difficulties.


143

745. Fukui, Naoki. "LF Extraction of Naze: Some theoretical implications". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.503-526 (Nov. 1988). Presents new facts concerning logical form movement of naze which offer support for Chomsky's (1986) approach to the concept of barriers in syntax and logical form. Concludes further that naze is not an adjunct and is not relevant to the Empty Category Principle.

746. Gunji, Takao. "Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar and Japanese Reflexivization". Linguistics and Philosophy 6.115-156 (Feb. 1983). Applies the generalized phrase structure model to an analysis of Japanese reflexives.

747. Gunji, Takao. Japanese Phrase Structure Grammar: A UnificationBased Approach. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1987. ix, 239 pp. Non-transformational analysis of some of the major grammatical structures of Japanese, using a unification-based grammar modelled loosely on generalized phrase structure grammar. Begins by arguing that semantics is more important than has been hitherto perceived and that transformations can be eliminated in favor of a phrase structure grammar. Following these principles, Gunji examines several syntactic constructions in Japanese.

748. Haig, John H. "Some Observations on Quantifier Floating in Japanese". Linguistics 18.1065-1083 (1980). Reviews previous claims made about quantifier float. Shows that a number of facts can be explained if the apparent effects of quantifier float are separated into those of quantifier float proper and those of scrambling rules.

749. Hasegawa, Nobuko. "On the So-called 'Zero Pronouns' in Japanese". The Linguistic Review 4.289-341 (June 1985). Examines the class of phonetically null pronouns in Japanese in the framework of functionally determined empty categories. Presents an analysis in which subject zero pronouns are PRO and object zero pronouns are variables.

750. Hasegawa, Nobuko. "The VP Constituent in Japanese". Linguistic Analysis 6.115-130 (May 1980).

144

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Presents evidence that a VP constituent exists in Japanese. Concentrates on an analysis of dependent verbs.

751. Kiss, Katalin. "On the Japanese 'Double Subject' Construction". The Linguistic Review 1.155-170 (Dec. 1981). Considers Japanese simple sentences which apparently have two subjects. Offers an explanation in terms of topic and focus.

752. Kitagawa, Chisato. "Topic Constructions in Japanese". Lingua 57.175-214 (June/August 1982). Reviews recent proposals for analyzing topic constructions in Japanese. Presents an analysis of Japanese topics utilizing a model of grammar proposed in work by Farmer and Hale. Also discusses the relative clause construction.

753. Kuroda, S[ige]-Y[uki]. "Whether We Agree or Not: A comparative syntax of English and Japanese". Lingvisticae Investigationes 12.1-47 (1988). Argues that there are no parametric differences between Japanese and English which would result in any fundamental deep structure differences. Demonstrates that the major typological differences between the two languages follow from a parameter which forces tense in English but not in Japanese, plus a set of assumptions about universal grammar.

754. Makino, Seiichi. "Japanese Grammar and Functional Grammar". Lingua 57.125-173 (June/August 1982). Discusses the realization of Communicative Functions in Japanese. Outlines some principles of functional grammar.

755. Miyagawa, Shigeru. "Blocking and Japanese Causatives". Lingua 64.177-207 (Oct/Nov. 1984). Using evidence from Japanese causatives, author proposes a principle that organizes verbs in the lexicon according to their meaning and the number of their arguments. This principle acts as a filter blocking some morphological derivatives.

756. Miyagawa, Shigeru. Structure and Case Marking in Japanese. (Syntax and Semantics, 22). San Diego: Academic Press, 1989. xvi, 259 pp.


145

Investigates the distinction between arguments and adjuncts in grammatical theory with particular reference to Japanese. Discusses thematic relations, ergatives, causatives, passives, and the accusative case marker. Applies the governmentbinding model of grammar.

757. Miyara, Shinsho. "Reordering in Japanese". Linguistic Analysis 9.307-340 (June 1982). Develops a formal analysis of reordering in the framework of a generalized categorial grammar, based on Montague grammar. Argues that there are two types of reordering rule in Japanese—a bounded scrambling rule and an unbounded movement rule.

758. Poser, William J., ed. Papers From the Second International Workshop on Japanese Syntax. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 1988. 241 pp. Workshop held in 1986 at Stanford, covering syntax, discourse, and morphology in eight papers. Addresses subcategorization, binding, case marking, predication, and compound formation. Written from a variety of theoretical perspectives.

759. Saito, Mamoru & Hajime Hoji. "Weak Crossover and Move α in Japanese". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.245-259 (1983). Authors present evidence that the Japanese scrambling rule exhibits both strong and weak crossover effects, constraining coreference possibilities. They conclude that scrambling is an instance of the rule 'move a'.

760. Shibatani, Masayoshi. "Japanese Grammar and Universal Grammar". Lingua 57.103-123 (June/August 1982). Argues that a balanced approach is necessary between studies of particular grammars and theories of universal grammar. Illustrates with a discussion of Japanese case marking.

761. Shibatani, Masayoshi & Taro Kageyama. "Word Formation in a Modular Theory of Grammar: Postsyntactic compounds in Japanese". Language 64.451-484 (Sep. 1988). Discusses a type of noun + verb compound formation which apparently takes sentential structure as its input. Authors argue that this phenomenon weakens a

146

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

strong lexicalist hypothesis and provides evidence for Chomsky's theory of modularity.

762. Takano, Yasukuni. "The Lexical Nature of Quantifiers in Japanese". Linguistic Analysis 14.289-311 (1984). Demonstrates that variable word order in certain types of Japanese quantified phrases cannot be attributed to a rule of quantifier float. Outlines a lexical analysis following the theory of Michael Brame.

763. Takano, Yasukuni. "The Lexical Nature of Quantifiers in Japanese: Part IF. Linguistic Analysis 16.41-59 (1986). Argues against the existence of quantifier float in Japanese. Presents semantic evidence that the quantifiers should be base-generated.

Native American Languages 764. Aissen, Judith. "Agreement Controllers and Tzotzil Comitatives". Language 65.518-536 (Sep. 1989). Points out some structures containing comitatives which appear to be counterexamples to the notion that only superficial constituents control agreement. Proposes an analysis for Tzotzil structures of this type which solves the difficulties and results in a more restrictive theory of agreement controllers.

765. Aissen, Judith. Tzotzil Clause Structure. Dordrecht: D. Reidel, 1987. xxiii, 290 pp. Analysis of the Mayan language Tzotzil using arc pair grammar. Author claims that her data supports a multistratal approach to syntax. Introductory chapters give an overview of the basic syntactic features of Tzotzil and introduce the arc pair grammar framework. Other chapters cover arguments, coreferentiality, quantification, and several clausal constructions.

766. Brody, Jill. "Some Problems with the Concept of Basic Word Order". Linguistics 22.711-736 (1984). Argues that the Mayan language Tojolabal does not have a single word order that meets all the usual criteria for basic word order. Therefore, questions the notion of basic word order as a universal feature of languages.


147

767. Cole, Peter & Gabriella Hermon. "Subjecthood and Islandhood: Evidence from Quechua". Linguistic Inquiry 12.1-30 (Winter 1981). Authors compare adequacy of the raising and non-raising approaches to object complementation for languages other than English, specifically considering Imbabura Quechua. They argue that the raising analysis is superior crosslinguistically, and discuss the implications for Chomskyan theory.

768. Cook, Eung-Do & Donna B. Gerdts, eds. The Syntax of Native American Languages. (Syntax and Semantics, 16). Orlando, Fla.: Academic Press, 1984. xiii, 324 pp. Twelve papers, all focusing on individual languages. Government-binding or relational grammar theories are used to describe and explain complex syntactic configurations. Languages include Tzotzil, Kwakwala, Tupi, Quechua, Choctaw, Bella Coola, Halkomelem, Crée, Seri, Pima and Inuttut.

769. Craig, Colette & Ken Hale. "Relational Preverbs in Some Languages of the Americas: Typological and historical perspectives". Language 64.312-344 (June 1988). Relational preverbs are elements which define semantic functions of arguments of the verb. Authors demonstrate that the study of the typology of these preverbs can contribute significantly to an understanding of the limits of diversity and the nature of diachronic syntax.

770. Davies, William D. Choctaw Verb Agreement and Universal Grammar. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1986. xi, 202 pp. Shows that relational grammar can account insightfully for Choctaw verb agreement phenomena. Investigates datives in detail, as well as the double accusative construction and two classes of intransitive predicates. 771. Davies, William D. & Luis-Enrique Sam-Colop. "K'iche' and the Structure of Antipassive". Language 66.522-549 (Sep. 1990). Working in relational grammar theory, authors propose a unified analysis of K'iche' (Quiche) verb agreement which explains the apparent deviations of the agentive voice. They propose a generalization to explain the distribution of the agentive antipassive.

148

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

772. Everett, Daniel L. "Clitic Doubling, Reflexives, and Word Order Alternations in Yagua". Language 65.339-372 (June 1989). Attempts to account for the complementary distribution of word orders in the Peruvian language of Yagua, using government-binding principles. Argues that word order variation results from competition between clitics and arguments for the same case.

773. Everett, Daniel L. "Pirahä Clitic Doubling". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.245-276 (May 1987). Describes clitic doubling (i.e., the existence of coreferent NP-clitic pairs) in the Brazilian language of Pirahä. Discusses accounts of clitic doubling for other languages and fits the Pirahä facts into a formal model of clitics developed in a government-binding framework.

774. Givòn, T[almy]. "Typology and Functional Domains". Studies in Language 5.163-193 (1981). Describes the Ute passive from the point of view of a cross-linguistic typology of passives.

775. Hermon, Gabriella. Syntactic Modularity. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1985. 265 pp. Analysis of Imbabura Quechua, working in the government-binding theory. Presents an overview of the theoretical model and basic features of Imbabura Quechua. Subsequent chapters discuss case marking, cliticization, binding and the Empty Category Principle in Quechua, and a modular approach to experiencer constructions in Quechua, Kannada, Hebrew, and Italian.

776. Larsen, Thomas W. "The Syntactic Status of Ergativity in Quiche". Lingua 71.33-59 (April 1987). Discusses the possibility that the Mayan language Quiché is syntactically as well as morphologically ergative. Analyzes aspects of Quiché syntax using the government-binding model of grammar.

777. Mulder, Jean. "The Viability of the Notion of Subject in Coast Tsimshian". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 34.129-144 (June 1989).


149

Questions the status of subject as a linguistic universal, specifically discussing the Coast Tsimshian language spoken in British Columbia, a syntactically ergative language. Also examines some other ergative languages.

778. Romero-Figueroa, Andrès. "OSV as the Basic Word Order in Warao". Lingua 66.115-134 (July 1985). Argues that Warao, a language of Venezuela, is an OSV language, and that variation from this order is achieved through syntactic or stylistic rules. Author considers the facts of Warao to be further evidence that Greenberg's Universal 1 must be abandoned.

779. Rosen, Carol. "Rethinking Southern Tiwa: The geometry of a triple agreement language". Language 66:669-713 (Dec. 1990). Explains constraints on incorporation and optional passives through a single hierarchical principle similar in form to an autosegmental phonology model.

780. Rude, Noel. "Discourse-Pragmatic Context for Genitive Promotion in Nez Perce". Studies in Language 10.109-136 (1986). Studies the phenomenon of promotion to genitive in Nez Perce using the methodology of Givòn (1979).

781. Sadock, Jerrold M. "Noun Incorporation in Greenlandic: A case of syntactic word formation". Language 56.300-319 (June 1980). Presents evidence that noun incorporation processes in Greenlandic must follow syntactic rules, thereby arguing against the independence of syntax and word formation.

782. Smith, Lawrence R. "An Analysis of Affixal Verbal Derivation and Complementation in Labrador Inuttut". Linguistic Analysis 10.161189 (Sep. 1982). Proposes a syntactic approach to some aspects of verbal derivation in Labrador Inuttut. Demonstrates that the relevant word formation processes rely on syntactic cyclic rules. Works in relational grammar.

783. Smith, Lawrence R. "Prepositional Nominalization in Labrador Inuttut (Eskimo)". Linguistics 19.63-99 (1981).

150

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Presents a set of derived nominals in Labrador Inuttut and argues that they are derived from lexical verbs through a syntactic transformation. This analysis is in contrast to the approach taken in Chomsky's "Remarks on nominalization" (1970).

784. Steele, Susan. Agreement and Anti-Agreement: A Syntax of Luiseno. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1990. xi, 446 pp. Argues against the idea that agreement plays no part in syntactic composition. Works in a categorial framework, using facts of Luiseno to support her arguments.

785. Woolford, Ellen. "The Distribution of Empty Nodes in Navaho: A mapping approach". Linguistic Inquiry 17.301-330 (Spring 1986). Attempts to account for restrictions on empty nodes in Navaho and some other languages by adding a mapping module to the government-binding system of grammar. Considers the implications for universal grammar.

Polish 786. Borsley, Robert D. "Wh-movement and Unbounded Deletion on Polish Equatives". Journal of Linguistics 17.271-288 (Sep. 1981). Argues that Polish equatives involve both wh-movement and unbounded deletion which is subject to island constraints. Discusses the implications for Chomsky's theory of island constraints.

787. Borsley, Robert D. & Ewa Jaworska. "On Polish PPs". Linguistics 27.245-256 (1989). Discusses work by Dyla which claims that Polish PPs are NPs with proclitic prepositions (1988). Argues that there is a genuine PP category as well. Authors work in generalized phrase structure grammar.

788. Dyla, Stefan. "Quasi-comitative Coordination in Polish". Linguistics 26.383-414 (1988). Argues that the quasi-comitative construction in fact involves coordination of NPs. Supports claims with evidence from extraction, reflexivization, clitic and parenthetical placement, and stress patterns, working in generalized phrase structure theory.


151

Portuguese 789. Comrie, Bernard. "Remarks on Clitic-climbing in Brazilian Portuguese". Lingua 58.243-265 (Nov./Dec. 1982). Discussing work by Quicoli and others, author claims that clitic climbing exists in written Brazilian Portuguese but that its distribution does not provide evidence in favor of the Specified Subject Condition.

790. Farrell, Patrick. "Null Objects in Brazilian Portuguese". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.325-246 (August 1990). Argues that some null objects must be pro—a governed empty pronominal. Focuses on adjunct clauses in Brazilian Portuguese.

791. Pizzini, Quentin A. "The Placement of Clitic Pronouns in Portuguese". Linguistic Analysis 8.403-430 (Dec. 1981). Describes some facts of clitic placement in Portuguese and proposes three rules to account for them.

792. Quicoli, Antonio Carlos. The Structure of Complementation. Ghent: E. Story-Scientia, 1982. 172 pp. Description of certain types of sentential complements in Portuguese, using standard Chomskyan theory. Sections on the verb paracer, null subjects in Portuguese, and subject-verb agreement. Final section features discussion of case agreement in Ancient Greek.

793. Raposo, Eduardo. "Case Theory and Infl-to-Comp: The inflected infinitive in European Portuguese". Linguistic Inquiry 18.85-109 (Winter 1987). Describes the properties of inflected infinitival clauses in Portuguese. Argues that these clauses are allowed when agreement in INFL can be case marked and assign nominative case to the subject of its clause. Compares with the Italian AUX-toCOMP phenomenon.

794. Raposo, Eduardo & Juan Uriagereka. "Long Distance Case Assignment". Linguistic Inquiry 21.505-537 (Fall 1990).

152

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

Authors claim that the subject NP of a complement small clause in Portuguese may receive case assignment from the matrix clause. Working in a Barriers framework.

795. Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa. "Theoretical Implications of Subject Extraction in Portuguese". The Linguistic Review 2.79-96 (Sep. 1982). Considers the formulation and application of the Empty Category Principle with respect to restrictions on movement in Portuguese.

Romance Languages 796. Burzio, Luigi. "Conditions on Representation and Romance Syntax". Linguistic Inquiry 14.193-221 (Spring 1983). Discusses the analysis of French causatives presented in Kayne (1975) in light of recent developments in trace theory. Argues that causatives, considered together with Italian restructuring rules, support a trace theory analysis over one which uses rule ordering.

797. Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen. "Clitic Doubling, Wh-movement, and Quantification in Romanian". Linguistic Inquiry 21.351-397 (Summer 1990). Describes the situation of wh-movements in Romanian in which one type of movement results in a quantification structure at logical form but the other does not. Introduces a structural quantifier parameter.

798. Grosu, Alexander & Julia Horvath. "On Non-finiteness in Extraction Constructions". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.181-196 (May 1987). Authors describe a type of object raising in Romanian and the restrictions on fmiteness in sentences containing this type of construction. They discuss some of the implications for government-binding theory.

799. Hirschbühler, Paul & Maria-Luisa Rivero. "Catalan Restrictive Relatives: Core and periphery". Language 57.591-625 (Sep. 1981).


153

Proposes an analysis of restrictive relatives using the extended standard theory, particularly the core/periphery distinction for rules of grammar. Headless and free relatives are derived through the core rule of wh -movement interacting with deletion in COMP, which has peripheral dimensions in Catalan.

800. Hirschbühler, Paul & Maria-Luisa Rivero. "Non-matching Concealed Questions in Catalan and Spanish and the Projection Principle". The Linguistic Review 2.331-363 (June 1983). Studies the properties of complements of knowledge/ perception verbs in Spanish and Catalan which appear to violate the Projection Principle. Formulates a language-specific rule to satisfy the verbs' subcategorization requirements at the level of logical form.

801. Jaeggli, Osvaldo. Topics in Romance Syntax. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1982. 188 pp. Revised dissertation, working with the government-binding theory. Especially concerned with the theory of empty categories. Topics include object clitics in Spanish and French, bare quantifiers, subjects in French, and null subjects in Spanish and Italian.

802. Picallo, M. Carme. "The Infl Node and the Null Subject Parameter". Linguistic Inquiry 15.75-102 (Winter 1984). Argues against Rizzi's (1982) proposal that movement must take place from a postverbal position in null subject languages. Supporting data is taken from Catalan.

803. Picallo, M. Carme. "Modal Verbs in Catalan". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.285-312 (May 1990). Catalan modal-infinitive sequences, traditionally known as restructuring constructions, are analyzed as base-generated monosentential complexes. Presents evidence that the modal, not the infinitive, is the primary predicate.

804. Raposo, Eduardo. "Some Asymmetries in the Binding Theory in Romance". The Linguistic Review 5.75-110 (1985/1986). Explores possible domains for opacity with respect to binding in the Romance languages. Considers certain asymmetries between anaphora and pronouns, and proposes an explanation based on Huang (1983).

154

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

805. Rivero, Maria-Luisa. "Parameters in the Typology of Clitics in Romance and Old Spanish". Language 62.774-807 (Dec. 1986). The clitic parameter of Old Spanish is examined and compared with Modern Spanish. Author determines that clitics in Old Spanish differ from those of modern Romance languages in several syntactic properties. Clitics in Old Spanish were phonologically clitics but syntactically pronominals.

Russian 806. Babby, Leonard H. "Case, Prequantifiers, and Discontinuous Agreement in Russian". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.91-138 (Feb. 1987). Argues that case is assigned to the maximal projection of N and that case agreement within the NP is the result of percolation. Addresses case conflict in nominative and accusative NPs containing a quantifier.

807. Greenberg, Gerald R. "Another Look at the Second Dative and Related Subjects". Linguistic Analysis 11.167-218 (March 1983). Discusses constructions in Russian which use the second dative. Comrie (1974) has suggested that the subject of an infinitive must take a dative and posited an underlying subject to explain several examples. Author agrees that there is evidence for this if the data is analyzed in an extended categorical model of grammar.

808. Rappaport, Gilbert C. "On Anaphor Binding in Russian". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.97-120 (Feb. 1986). Investigates the properties of reflexives and reciprocal pronouns in Russian and considers how they may be analyzed using government-binding theory.

809. Rappaport, Gilbert C. "On the Syntactic Binding into Adjuncts in the Russian Noun Phrase". Linguistics and Philosophy 10.475-501 (Nov. 198-7). Considers the nature of empty categories in complements. Finds degree complements to be similar in Russian and English.


155

810. Schupbach, R[ichard] D. "Syntactic Profiles of Style in Russian". Lingua 72.53-78 (May 1987). Analyzes three types of syntactic style in Russian through a study of case usage. Differences in case usage are shown to be related to the presence of marked case shifters.

Spanish 811. Bordelois, Ivonne. "Causatives: From lexicon to syntax". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.57-93 (Feb. 1988). Argues that causative constructions can mostly be accounted for with principles of core grammar as outlined in government-binding theory. Most of their apparent idiosyncracies can be attributed to a lack of INFL in their complements.

812. Bordelois, Ivonne, Heles Contreras, & Karen Zagona, eds. Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax. Dordrecht & Riverton, N. J.: Foris, 1986. xiv, 211 pp. Six papers, all written from a government-binding point of view. Issues of binding, government, predication, and underlying sentence structure are addressed.

813. Campos, Héctor. "Impersonal Passive 'se' in Spanish". Lingvisticae Investigationes 13.1-21 (1989). Makes a distinction between impersonal se and passive se. Suggests that a third type, an impersonal passive, also exists.

814. Hengwald, Kees. "Copular Verbs in a Functional Grammar of Spanish". Linguistics 24.393-420 (1986). Discusses the functional grammar notion of copula support. Argues that a choice between ser and estar is conditioned by aspectual differences between two otherwise parallel sentences. Further argues that attributive and absolutive constructions using past participles or gerunds can be accounted for in the same way.

815. Hewson, John. "More on Spanish Selo". Linguistics 19 .439-447 (1981).

156

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

Supports the position that Spanish clitics are a content system. Suggests also that constraints on clitic combinations are explainable in terms of a system of dependencies.

816. Knowles, John. "Structural Choice in Spanish Clausal Comparison". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 29.1-19 (Spring 1984). Analyzes two types of comparative clauses which have been claimed to be underlyingly structurally identical and argues that they represent two different forms of relativization.

817. Luján, Marta. "Clitic Promotion and Mood in Spanish Verbal Complements". Linguistics 18.381-484 (1980). Reviews some previous analyses of clitic movement. Argues that the mood of the verbal complement influences movement. Also distinguishes between clitic promotion and movement of clitics over a finite verb in simple structures. Claims that a unified account of both types of operation using a trace theory framework is not tenable.

818. Lujân, Marta. "The Spanish Copulas as Aspectual Indicators". Lingua 54.165-210 (June/July 1981). Argues that traditional distinctions are insufficient for describing the use of the Spanish copulative. The ser/estar distinction is defined in terms of the feature [perfective], with different semantic interpretations assigned to its opposing values.

819. Pizzini, Quentin A. "The Positioning of Clitic Pronouns in Spanish". Lingua 57.47-69 (May 1982). Suggests that for clitics to move from one verb to another, the verbs must be adjacent and the target verb must be superior to the source verb. Demonstrates that if clitic pronouns are generated next to their verbs by phrase structure rules, much of the work of a transformational analysis can be avoided.

820. Plann, Susan. Relative Clauses in Spanish Without Overt Antecedents and Related Constructions. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press, 1980. x, 196 pp. Examines types of relative clauses which have no antecedent in the main clause. Argues for analyses within extended standard theory.


157

821. Plann, Susan. "The Two El + Infinitive Constructions in Spanish". Linguistic Analysis 7.203-240 (April 1981). Studies two types of complements to phonologically empty head nouns in Spanish. Concludes that constructions in which el precedes the clause are best analyzed as NPs. Constructions before which el does not appear are sentences.

822. Rivero, Maria-Luisa. "On Left-dislocation and Topicalization in Spanish". Linguistic Inquiry 11.363-393 (Spring 1980). Proposes an underlying structure for left-dislocated sentences. Argues that certain types of sentences are the result of left dislocation and other independently operating transformations.

823. Rivero, Maria-Luisa. "Theoretical Implications of the Syntax of Left-branch Modifiers in Spanish". Linguistic Analysis 6.406-461 (Nov. 1980). Studies features of the modifiers of degree, measure, quantity, and quality in Spanish. Explores the implications for X-bar theory and constraints on movement.

824. Schroten, Jan. "Ergativity, Raising and Restructuring in the Syntax of Spanish Aspectual Verbs". Lingvisticae Investigationes 10.429-465 (1986). Makes the claim that Spanish aspectual verbs are ergative raising verbs and that their restructuring properties are the result of raising. Argues that restructuring is not a rule of the grammar but the result of the interaction of general principles.

825. Schroten, Jan. "Subject Deletion or Subject Formation: Evidence from Spanish". Linguistic Analysis 7.121-169 (March 1981). Argues that there is no rule of Spanish which deletes subject pronouns. Postulates a subject formation rule which maps subjectless sentences onto functional structures having subjects.

826. Suner, Margarita. "On Null Subjects". Linguistic Analysis 9.55-78 (Jan. 1982). Considers some properties of null subjects in Spanish, with a view to delineating one parameter that differentiates languages.

158

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

827. Suner, Margarita. "The Role of Agreement in Clitic-doubled Constructions". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.391-434 (August 1988). Argues against earlier work which proposes special mechanisms to explain restrictions on extraction out of clitic-doubled structures. Suggests an analysis which uses feature-matching requirements to make the correct predictions.

828. Suner, Margarita. Syntax and Semantics of Spanish Presentational Sentence-Types. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown Univ. Press, 1982. ix, 371 pp. A study of sentences with haber and sentences with an intransitive verb preceding the subject. Author works in the revised extended standard theory. First three chapters analyze the above two sentence types. Fourth chapter argues for SVO word order in Spanish. Final section points out areas for further research. Appendices dealing with hay, estar, and ser, and zero subject sentences.

829. Torrego, Esther. "On Inversion in Spanish and Some of Its Effects". Linguistic Inquiry 15.103-129 (Winter 1984). Considers some properties of free subject inversion in Spanish within a government-binding framework. Proposes a rule of Verb Preposing.

Swedish and Related Languages 830. Engdahl, Elisabet. Constituent Questions: The Syntax and Semantics of Questions With Special Reference to Swedish. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1986. xii, 347 pp. Based on author's dissertation. Aims to provide an explicit syntax and semantics of questions, taking into account a central issue in linguistic theory, the extent to which the syntactic and semantic components of language interact. Proposes a framework for Swedish based on phrase linking grammar, a non-transformational grammar which expresses dependencies by generating linked phrase structure trees. Compares this theory with the handling of questions in government-binding theory.

831. Hellan, Lars. Anaphora in Norwegian and the Theory of Grammar. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1988. xiv, 310 pp.


159

Presents data from Norwegian which suggest that the binding principles proposed in Chomsky (1981) are insufficient to explain languages other than English. Proposes a more general set of principles and examines the consequences for a theory of anaphora.

832. Hellan, Lars & Kirsti Koch Christensen, eds. Topics in Scandinavian Syntax. Dordrecht & Boston: D. Reidel, 1986. vii, 273 pp. Presents both general comparative studies of Scandinavian languages and analyses of specific syntactic structures in individual languages. In the introduction, editors discuss some principles of comparative research and also outline general properties of Scandinavian syntax. The nine papers use different theoretical approaches.

833. Maling, Joan. "Non-clause-bounded Reflexives in Modern Icelandic". Linguistics and Philosophy 7.211-241 (August 1984). Describes non-clause-bounded reflexives in Icelandic and discusses the implications for the government-binding theory of anaphora. Indicates problems for a configurational theory of bound anaphora. Points out the logophoric properties of Icelandic reflexives.

834. Maling, Joan & Annie Zaenen, eds. Modern Icelandic Syntax. {Syntax and Semantics, 24). San Diego: Academic Press, 1990. xviii, 443 pp. Book is divided into sections on word order, verbs and their arguments, reflexives, coordination, and long distance dependencies, with fourteen papers in all plus two bibliographies. Editors intend the volume as both an introduction to the structure of Icelandic and an illustration of some of the main concerns of generative theory.

835. Platzack, Christer. "The Scandinavian Languages and the Null Subject Parameter". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.377401 (August 1987). Attempts to demonstrate that grammatical differences between Scandinavian languages are the result of a null subject parameter. Mainly compares Icelandic to Swedish and argues that a single difference in value for the null subject parameter causes a variety of differences between the two languages.

160

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

836. Platzack, Christer. "Transitive Adjectives in Swedish: A phenomenon with implications for the theory of abstract case". The Linguistic Review 2.39-56 (Sep. 1982). Discusses the theory of abstract case as it relates to adjectives which appear with NP complements in Swedish. Argues for a reformulation of case theory allowing adjectives to assign case. 837. Zaenen, A[nnie], J[oan] Maling, & H. Thrâinsson. "Case and Grammatical Functions: The Icelandic passive". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.441-483 (Nov. 1985). Uses data from Icelandic to argue that the government-binding approach to passive formation is not general enough and that approaches based on grammatical relations, such as those of lexical-functional grammar and relational grammar, give superior results.

Welsh 838. Borsley, Robert D. "GPSG and Welsh Clause Structure". Linguistics 26.365-382 (1988). It seems desirable to treat certain verb-subject sentences in Welsh as having an NP-VP structure, which is a potentially problematic structural description for generalized phrase structure grammar. Paper argues that a version of this theory which employs complex ID rules can successfully account for the Welsh structure in question. 839. Borsley, Robert D. "An HPSG Approach to Welsh". Journal of Linguistics 25.333-354 (Sep. 1989). Examines major features of Welsh from the standpoint of head driven phrase structure grammar. Argues for a particular approach within the theory. 840. Borsley, Robert D. "Prepositional Complementizers in Welsh". Journal of Linguistics 22.67-84 (March 1986). Explores possible analyses of Welsh prepositions which appear in a complementizer position. Shows that government-binding theory cannot satisfactorily account for the data, but that a straightforward explanation follows from considering subjectless infinitives to be bare VPs.


161

841. Harlow, Steve. "The Syntax of Welsh Soft Mutation". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.289-316 (August 1989). Examines the phenomenon of initial consonant softening in Welsh. Reviews papers by Lieber (1983) and Zwicky (1984) which attempt to explain the occurrence of soft mutation in terms of case. Argues instead that it is triggered by the immediately preceding NP.

842. Hendrick, Randall Anaphora in Celtic and Universal Grammar. Dordrecht & Boston: Kluwer, 1988. xi, 284 pp. Applies government-binding theory to aspects of Welsh and Breton syntax, especially agreement morphology. Also discusses reduced questions in Welsh.

843. Sadler, Louisa. Welsh Syntax: A Government-Binding Approach. Beckenham, England & New York: Croom Helm, 1988. 288 pp. Investigates a number of syntactic phenomena in Welsh using government-binding theory as a frame. Discusses Welsh word order patterns in detail, arguing for the presence of a VP node and INFL, and providing evidence for a V-fronting rule. Demonstrates that the Empty Category Principle and principles of binding correctly predict some features of Welsh syntactic structure.

844. Sproat, Richard. "Welsh Syntax and VSO Structure". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.173-216 (May 1985). Argues that Welsh has a base-generated VP and gets its VSO order through a rule of V fronting. Discusses the implications for case assignment and government. Assumes government-binding theory.

845. Tallerman, Maggie. "Relativization Strategies: NP accessibility in Welsh". Journal of Linguistics 26.291-314 (Sep. 1990). Investigates strategies for relative clause formation, especially in Welsh, using an extension of the NP Accessibility Hierarchy.

846. Tallerman, Maggie. "VSO Word Order and Consonantal Mutation in Welsh". Linguistics 28.389-416 (1990). Using a government-binding framework, author argues that underlying Welsh word order is VSO. The argument is supported with facts from soft mutation.

162

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

Other Languages 847. Adéwolé, Lawrence O. "Sequence and Co-occurrence of Yoruba Auxiliary Verbs". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 34.1-17 (March 1989). Uses generalized phrase structure grammar to account for the distribution of auxiliaries in Yoruba.

848. Alsina, Alex & Sam Mchombo. "The Syntax of Applicatives in Chichewa: Problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8:493-506 (Nov. 1990). Authors present arguments against Baker (1988), which claims that some asymmetries in the syntax of Chichewa applicatives derive from asymmetries in 6role assignment.

849. Amastae, Jon. "Agentless Constructions in Dominican Creole". Lingua 59.47-75 (Jan. 1983). Examines agentless passive-type constructions in Dominican French Creole. Demonstrates that a hypothesis which embeds the passive predicate to stative be and provides the by- agent through an external source also offers explanations for several other phenomena in this creole language.

850. Authier, J.-Marc P. "Null Object Constructions in KiNande". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.19-37 (Feb. 1988). Examines the properties of null objects in the Bantu language of KiNande. Argues that they are variables using a government-binding characterization. Proposes further that the variables are the result of movement to COMP at s-structure.

851. Baker, Mark. "Theta Theory and the Syntax of Applicatives in Chichewa". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6.353-389 (August 1988). Analyzes certain types of oblique objects in the Bantu language of Chichewa using government-binding theory. Concentrates on how case and 6-roles are assigned.

852. Blake, Barry J. "Problems for Possessor Ascension: Some Australian examples". Linguistics 22.437-453 (1984).


163

Working in the relational grammar framework, author considers two constructions from Queensland languages of Kalkatungu and Pitta-Pitta which seem to be the result of possessor ascension. Concludes that while one is possessor ascension, the other involves advancement of indirect object to direct object.

853. Borsley, Robert D. & Janig Stephens. "Agreement and the Position of Subjects in Breton". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7.407-427 (August 1989). Authors argue against Stump (1984) which claims that affirmative subject-initial sentences in Breton are underlyingly SVO. They present evidence for a topicalization analysis of these sentences and offer an alternative explanation for facts outlined in Stump.

854. Bresnan, Joan. "Topic, Pronoun and Agreement in Chichewa". Language 63.741-782 (Dec. 1987). Presents a theory of agreement in the lexical-functional framework in which verbal affixes may mark either grammatical or anaphoric agreement. Chichewa, a Bantu language, has both grammatical agreement with the subject and anaphoric agreement with the object.

855. Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva. "Locative Inversion in Chichewa: A case study of factorization in grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 20.1-50 (Winter 1989). Describes the structural, thematic, and functional aspects of locative inversion in Chichewa. Argues that the facts can be satisfactorily explained only if different levels of grammatical structure, such as syntactic, thematic, and discourse, are parallel, non-derivationally related levels of grammar with different types of representation.

856. Bresnan, Joan & Lioba Moshi. "Object Asymmetries in Comparative Bantu Syntax". Linguistic Inquiry 21.147-185 (Spring 1990). Discusses the typology of asymmetrical and symmetrical object type languages in Bantu, where symmetrical types allow the existence of more than one primary object. Considers the issues for theories of typology.

164

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

857. Byrne, Francis. "Toward an Account of Preclausal Focus in Some Creole Languages". Linguistics 28.661-688 (1990). Examines the properties of focused constituents in Saramaccan, a creole of Suriname. Argues that various approaches to creole focus based on Chomsky (1977, 1986) are not sufficient to explain the complexity of Saramaccan focus. Proposes an alternative hypothesis.

858. Campos, Héctor. "Clitic Position in Modern Gallegan". Lingua 77.13-36 (Jan. 1989). Argues that exceptions to the general rule that clitics in Gallegan follow the verb can be explained using a government-binding model. Claims that variant constructions are the result of 'move α' to CP (S').

859. Caskey, Alexander F. "Controlling into Purpose Clauses the Creole Way". Linguistics 28.689-712 (1990). Examines control phenomena in purpose clauses in a variety of creole languages. Data suggest a default-based hierarchy similar to Keenan and Comrie's (1977) NP Accessibility Hierarchy.

860. Chung, Sandra. "The ECP and Government in Chamorro". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.207-244 (1983). Explores the difference between non-configurational and configurational languages with respect to government of empty categories. Redefines the Empty Category Principle in terms of surface constituency, which then allows it to be extended to cover the facts of non-configurational languages.

861. Chung, Sandra. "Unbounded Dependencies in Chamorro Grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 13.39-77 (Winter 1982). Uses data from Chamorro to argue that both unbounded movement transformations and successive cyclic transformations are necessary in the grammar. Concentrates on wh-movement and controlled PRO deletion.

862. Chung, Sandra. "VP's and Verb Movement in Chamorro". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8:559-619 (Nov. 1990). Proposes that the underlying sentence structure of Chamorro is VOS, with a predicate phrase separate from the subject. Surface structure is achieved through rightward adjunction of the subject to a [ + V] category.


165

863. Chung, Sandra & William J. Seiter. "The History of Raising and Relativization in Polynesian". Language 56.622-638 (Sep. 1980). Authors argue that a passive-to-ergative reanalysis can account for certain unusual properties of the raising rule of Niuean and the relativization rule of Tongan, two ergative Polynesian languages.

864. Corbett, Greville G. "The Morphology/Syntax Interface: Evidence from possessive adjectives in Slavonic". Language 63.299-345 (June 1987). Argues that there can be no sharp differentiation between inflectional and derivational morphology, using properties of possessive adjectives in the Slavonic languages to support this claim.

865. Creider, Chet A. The Syntax of the Nilotic Languages: Themes and Variations. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer, 1989. 148 pp. Taking a government-binding approach, author discusses aspects of the syntax of the Nilotic languages. Claims that the verb initial languages are underlyingly SVO. Also analyzes case assignment, wh-movement, and NP movements in these languages.

866. Culy, Christopher. "The Complexity of the Vocabulary of Bambara". Linguistics and Philosophy 8.345-351 (August 1985). Provides evidence that Bambara, a Niger-Congo language, is not context-free.

867. Diesing, Molly. "Verb Movement and the Subject Position in Yiddish". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.41-79 (Feb. 1990). Presents an account of verb movement in Yiddish. Like German, it exhibits 'Verb-second' phenomena, but in both embedded and main clauses. Argues that the finite verb moves to INFL rather than to COMP.

868. Dubinsky, Stanley, Maria-Rosa Lloret, & Paul Newman. "Lexical and Syntactic Causatives in Oromo". Language 64.485-500 (Sep. 1988). Authors explore features of causative morphemes in Oromo, a Cushitic language, especially as they relate to a certain group of unaccusative verb stems. A relational grammar framework.

166

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

869. Durie, Mark. "Preferred Argument Structure in an Active Language". Lingua 74.1-25 (Jan. 1988). Analyzes the Austronesian language of Acehnese, particularly from the point of view of discourse, and concludes that there is no basis for positing an intransitive subject category in it, although it has been identified as a 'split-S' language. Argues against exclusively grammar-to-discourse or discourse-to-grammar methods of functional analysis.

870. Durie, Mark. "The So-called Passive of Acehnese". Language 64.104-113 (March 1988). Argues against Lawler's (1977) analysis that Acehnese, an Indonesian language, has a passive in which the verb agrees with an underlying subject. Claims that Acehnese has no passive and its verbal agreement is a surface phenomenon. Lawler replies, same issue.

871. Georgopoulos, Carol. "Variables in Palauan Syntax". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3.59-94 (Feb. 1985). Describes the syntax of unbounded dependencies in the Austronesian language Palauan. Attempts to account for some unusual features of this language within a government-binding model of grammar.

872. Gerdts, Donna B. "Surface Case and Grammatical Relations in Korean: The evidence from quantifier float". Studies in Language 11.181-197 (1987). Argues against Shibatani (1977) which claims that quantifier float in Korean refers to surface case. Proposes instead an analysis based on constituent structure.

873. Goldsmith, John. "The Structure of Wh-questions in Igbo". Linguistic Analysis 7.367-393 (June 1981). Investigates two types of wh -question constructions in Igbo, spoken in Nigeria. Considers how to express constraints on extraction and concludes that the evidence supports a theory of unbounded transformations similar to that of Bresnan and Grimshaw (1978).

874. Haïk, Isabelle. "Anaphoric, Pronominal and Referential INFL". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.347-374 (August 1990).


167

Analyzes alternations in the mood of INFL in Kikuyu, Hausa, Moore, and Palauan in terms of the binding theory. INFL is anaphoric or pronominal in the first three languages and a variable or a name in Palauan.

875. Harris, Alice C. "Georgian: A language with active case marking". Lingua 80.35-53 (Jan. 1990). A reply to Hewitt's (1987) arguments against the author's theory of case marking in Georgian.

876. Heath, Jeffrey. "Dyirbal Ergativity: Counter-rejoinder to Dixon". Linguistics 18.505-521 (1980). Referring to Dixon (1979), questions an ergative-syntax analysis of Dyirbal.

877. Heath, Jeffrey. "Syntactic and Lexical Aspects of Nonconfigurationality in Nunggubuyu (Australia)". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.375-408 (August 1986). Describes the radically non-configurational language of Nunggbuyu and discusses a number of issues for formalists and functionalists in analyzing the data.

878. Hendrick, Randall, ed. The Syntax of Modern Celtic Languages. {Syntax and Semantics, 23). San Diego: Academic Press, 1990. xiv, 262 pp. Three papers on Breton and two each on Irish and Welsh. Covers issues of interest to theoreticians, including auxiliaries, anaphora, barriers, code-switching, and binding.

879. Hoekstra, Eric. "On the Structural Subject Position in Tagalog". Lingua 70.41-56 (Sep. 1986). Analyzes the Tagalog topic as the structural subject, making the notion 'topic' unnecessary in that language. Facts of word order, reflexivization, case marking, relativization, and control are discussed.

880. Holisky, Dee Ann. "The Case of the Intransitive Subject in TsovaTush (Batshi)". Lingua 71.103-132 (April 1987). Discusses the use of ergative case with intransitive verbs in the Georgian language of Tsova-Tush. Proposes an analysis of the language in the framework of the role and reference grammar of Foley and Van Valin.

168

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

881. Kanerva, Jonni M. "Morphological Integrity and Syntax: The evidence from Finnish possessive suffixes". Language 63.498-521 (Sep. 1987). Possessive suffixes in Finnish behave as pronouns in some respects, but evidence shows them to be suffixes rather than clitics. Author argues that to treat these affixes as clitics would gravely weaken grammatical theory, but the facts follow from an assumption of the integrity of the morphological word.

882. Kihm, Alain. "Aspect in Kriyol and the Theory of Inflection". Linguistics 28.713-740 (1990). Argues against a class of isolating languages where tense and aspect markers are spelled out in separate words. Hypothesizes a more constrained theory where only simple or inflected words are allowed in the lexicon. Kriyol (Portuguese-based créole) aspect and tense systems are studied in detail.

883. King, Phyllis. "An Internal Head Analysis of the Breton Relative Clause". Linguistics 20.83-95 (1982). Claims that relative clauses in Middle and literary Modern Breton are internally headed. Further argues that this assumption can lead to a rule predicting which of two verbal particles will occur preverbally for any of the constructions that they appear in.

884. Koopman, Hilda. The Syntax of Verbs: From Verb Movement Rules in the Km Languages to Universal Grammar. Dordrecht: Foris, 1984. 242 pp. Investigates the syntactic properties of verbs in a government-binding framework, using data from the Vata and Bete Ghadi languages of the Kru family, spoken on the Ivory Coast. Begins with a general introduction to the framework and a description of Vata and Ghadi. Discusses in detail lexical properties of verbs in these languages, the base component, and V-movement. Points out implications for the broader theory.

885. Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche. "A Note on Long Extraction in Vata and the ECP". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 4.357-374 (August 1986).


169

Authors present data from the West African language of Vata which are relevant to current theories of wh-extraction. They propose a condition on long extraction which will account for the facts discussed.

886. Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche. "Pronouns, Logical Variables, and Logophoricity in Abe". Linguistic Inquiry 20.555-588 (Fall 1989). Describes and analyzes the pronominal system of Abe, a Kwa language. Claims that a certain type of pronoun used for referential and logophoric purposes is in fact a logical variable.

887. Kučanda, Dubravko. "On Subject Assignment in Serbo-Croatian Within the Framework of Functional Grammar". Lingua 64.99-114 (Oct./Nov. 1984). Argues against previous work by Dik which claims that Subject function is not relevant in Serbo-Croatian grammar. Also shows that functional grammar cannot satisfactorily handle the active/passive relation in this language and that a multi level grammatical model is needed.

888. Leko, Nedzad. "X-bar Theory and Internal Structure of NPs". Lingua 75.135-169 (July 1988). Describes the internal structure of Serbo-Croatian NPs and analyzes distinctions between different forms of adjectives in terms of X-bar levels. Compares SerboCroation with English.

889. Levin, Beth. "The Middle Construction and Ergativity". Lingua 71.17-31 (April 1987). Proposes that the middle construction of accusative languages has a counterpart in the syntactically ergative language of Dyirbal, namely the construction called false reflexive in Dixon's grammar of Dyirbal. Compares it with the relevant structure in French.

890. Lumsden, John S. "The Biclausal Structure of Haitian Clefts". Linguistics 28.741-759 (1990). Presents arguments that Haitian cleft structure minimally involves two clauses. Proposes an explanation of the difference between languages that always pose questions as clefts and those that do not.

170

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES

891. Lumsden, John S. & Claire Lefebvre. "Predicate Cleft Constructions and Why They Aren't What You Might Think". Linguistics 28.761-782 (1990). Describes two cleft constructions, one appearing in Hausa and Haitian creole, the other appearing in Haitian and Vata. Claims that neither involves a long-distance relation between two predicate positions.

892. McConwell, Patrick. "How Lardil Became Accusative". Lingua 55.141-179 (Oct/Nov. 1981). Discusses Hale's work on Australian languages. Argues that Lardil was historically an ergative language and has only recently become accusative.

893. Mchombo, Sam A. "Dative and Passive in Chichewa: An argument for surface grammar". Linguistic Analysis 6.97-113 (May 1980). Demonstrates that the effects of dative and passive movement rules can be achieved in the lexicon in Chichewa. Generally supports a theory of grammar without transformations.

894. Mufwene, Salikoko S. "Creoles and Universal Grammar". Linguistics 28.783-807 (1990). Uses data from various creoles to support some statements about universal grammar. Claims that COMP and VP are typological rather than universal. Argues that parameters may be multilayered.

895. Mufwene, Salikoko & Marta B. Dijkhoff. "On the So-called 'Infinitive' in Atlantic Creoles". Lingua 77.297-330 (April 1989). Authors support the notion that there is no finite/non-finite distinction in Atlantic pidgins and creoles. Typical syntactic characteristics of infinitives are shown not to be evident in these languages.

896. Mulder, Jean & Arthur Schwartz. "On the Subject of Advancements in the Philippine Languages". Studies in Language 5.227-268 (1981). Offers a description of syntactic structure in the Philippine languages using the framework of relational grammar.


171

897. Myhill, John. "Nominal Agent Incorporation in Indonesian". Journal of Linguistics 24.111-136 (March 1988). Proposes a type of argument demotion in Indonesion which incorporates an agentive noun with its verb.

898. Nylander, Dudley K. "Bounding Nodes in Krio". Theoretical Linguistics 13.91-104 (1986). Investigates which nodes are bounding nodes for subjacency in Krio.

899. Nylander, Dudley. "Serial Verbs and the Empty Category Principle in Krio". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 30.15-32 (Spring 1985). Demonstrates that three of the four that-complementizers in the West African creole of Krio can be followed by a trace, in violation of the Empty Category Principle. argues that the relevant constructions should be analyzed as serial verb constructions.

900. Nylander, Dudley K. "Serial Verbs, ECP, Verbal Chains and the Path Containment Condition". Linguistic Analysis 14.103-109 (1984). Certain Krio sentences appear to violate the Empty Category Principle and Pesetsky's (1982) Path Containment Condition. Adjustments in the analysis of these sentences' structures, however, allow them to fit in with a governmentbinding model of grammar.

901. O'Grady, William. "The Interpretation of Korean Anaphora: The role and representation of grammatical relations". Language 63.251-277 (June 1987). Using the Korean anaphor cake as a specific case, argues that grammatical relations are defined structurally in Korean. Binding principles make reference to grammatical relations rather than to notions of precedence and c-command as in English.

902. Ortiz de Urbina, Jon. Parameters in the Grammar of Basque: a GB Approach to Basque Syntax. Dordrecht & Providence, R. I.: Foris, 1989. xix, 278 pp.

172

SPECIFIC LANGUAGES Describes the basics of Basque grammar, using a government-binding framework. Includes chapters on ergativity, word order, agreement and case marking, and whmovement and focus. No index.

903. Owolabi, Kola. "More on the Inadequacy of the Analysis of Focus Constructions as Noun Phrases with Reference to Yoruba". Linguistic Analysis 12.453-471 (Dec. 1983). Argues against Awobuluyi (1978) which claims that Yoruba focus constructions are noun phrases. Suggests that a traditional analysis of Yoruba is preferable.

904. Payne, Thomas E. "Role and Reference Related Subject Properties and Ergativity in Yup'ik Eskimo and Tagalog". Studies in Language 6.75-106 (1982). Makes the claim that Yup'ik Eskimo and Tagalog form a subgroup of ergative languages, based on properties described by Schachter (1976, 1977) and Foley & Van Valin (1977). Assumes a role and reference framework.

905. Pillinger, O. S. "The Accusative and Infinitive in Latin: A refractory complement clause". Journal of Linguistics 16.55-83 (March 1980). Claims that subject-to-object raising does not operate in forming accusative and infinitive complements in Latin. Discusses the implications for relational grammar and extended standard theory.

906. Reesink, Ger P. "Switch Reference and Topicality Hierarchies". Studies in Language 7.215-246 (1983). Formulates a theory of switch reference for Papuan languages.

907. Saeed, John Ibrahim. The Syntax of Focus and Topic in Somali. Hamburg: Helmut Buske, 1984. 234 pp. Author takes a generative approach to focus phenomena in Somali. Structures discussed include clefts, relatives, reduced verbs, questions, and topicalizations.

908. Seuren, Pieter A. M. "Verb Syncopation and Predicate Raising in Mauritian Creole". Linguistics 28.809-844 (1990). Proposes an analysis of the Mauritian Creole rule of verb syncopation. This involves positing a cyclic rule of predicate raising.

173


909. Simpson, Jane & Joan Bresnan. "Control and Obviation in Walpiri". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1.49-64 (1983). Authors argue that control and obviation in the Australian language of Walpiri are best expressed in terms of grammatical functions such as subject and object rather than in purely structural terms. Analysis in the lexical-functional theory.

910. Stump, Gregory T. "Agreement vs. Incorporation in Breton". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 2.289-348 (Sep. 1984). Examines a principle of Breton syntax which rules out the simultaneous appearance of personal inflections and an overt NP in the same argument position. Discusses two alternative explanations in government-binding theory and concludes that the agreement hypothesis is superior to the incorporation hypothesis.

911. Trask, R. L. "The Basque Passive: A correct description". Linguistics 23.985-991 (1985). Discusses Lafitte's (1944) description of the Basque passive, arguing that it has been incorrectly used to support the claim that Basque passive case marking is identical to the case marking of the corresponding active sentence.

912. Vitale, Anthony J. Swahili Syntax. Dordrecht & Cinnaminson, N. J.: Foris, 1981. 214 pp. Presents a partial grammar of Swahili in a transformational framework.

Discusses

simplex and complex sentences and voice systems. Concludes with a discussion of the theoretical implications of this analysis. Utilizes a structure-preserving transformational model.

913. Winford, Donald. "The Syntax of Fi Complements in Caribbean English Creole". Language 61.588-624 (Sep. 1985). Describes complement types in Caribbean English creole which use the particle fi. Argues that the key to understanding the syntax of these complement types lies in the variety of fi's functions. Works in the revised extended standard theory.

914. Wouk, Fay. "Transitivity in Batak and Tagalog". Studies in Language 10.391-424 (1986). Studies how an NP in Batak or Tagalog is chosen for the role of focus. Argues that the data support a modified version of Hopper & Thompson's (1980) Transitivity Hypothesis.

Author Index

Numbers given are entry numbers. Aarts, Jan: 557

Barker, Chris: 35

Aarts, Bas: 613

Barnes, Betsy K.: 639, 640

Abbott, Barbara: 17

Barton, Ellen L.: 461

Abraham, Werner: 18

Battistella, Edwin: 36, 37, 592, 593, 594

Adams, Marianne: 634, 729

Bayer, Josef: 669

Adéwolé, Lawrence O.: 847

Bell, Sarah J.: 38

Aissen, Judith: 764, 765

Belletti, Adriana: 39, 730, 731, 732

Akmajian, Adrian: 396, 459

Bennett, Paul A.: 616

Allen, Cynthia L.: 497, 614

Bennis, Hans: 608

Allen, William Sidney: 19

Benson, James D.: 40

Allerton, D. J.: 20

Bentahila, Abdalâli: 588

Alsina, Alex: 848

Berent, Gerald P.: 529

Amastae, Jon: 849

Berman, Ruth A.: 530

Ambrose, Jeanne: 635

Berwick, Robert C : 531, 558, 559

Amritavalli, R.: 21

Beukema, Frits: 617

Anderson, John: 22, 23

Bever, Thomas G.: 41

Anderson, Mona: 24

Binkert, Peter J.: 42

Aoun, Joseph: 25, 26, 27, 28, 460, 591

Blake, Barry J.: 1, 852

Ard, Josh: 615

Bloom, Paul: 532

Ashby, William J.: 636, 637

Böhm, Roger: 43

Authier, J.-Marc P.: 850

Bohn, Ocke-Schwen: 533 Bolkestein, A. Machtelt: 462

Babby, Leonard H.: 806

Bordelois, Ivonne A.: 44, 811, 812

Bach, Emmon: 29, 30, 490

Borer, Hagit: 45, 46, 692, 693

Bailard, Joëlle: 638

Borsley, Robert D.: 47, 48, 345, 786,

Baker, Mark: 31, 32, 438, 439, 851

787, 839, 840, 853

Baker, William J.: 344

Bosch, Peter: 573

Baldi, Philip: 385

Bouchard, Denis: 49, 641, 642

Baltin, Mark R.: 33,34

Bouma, Gosse: 50

Banfield, Ann: 571,572

Bowerman, Melissa: 534

Bani-Yasin, Roslan: 590

Bowers, John S.: 51, 463

A U T H O R INDEX

Brame, Michael K.: 52-58

175

Crain, Stephen: 535

Breivik, Leiv Egil: 59

Creider, Chet A.: 865

Breman, Klaus von: 60

Culicover, Peter W.: 82, 83, 84, 85, 556,

Bresnan, Joan: 61, 62, 609, 854, 855, 856, 909

577 Culy, Christopher: 866

Brody, Jill: 766

Cummings, Michael J.: 40

Brody, Michael: 63, 64

Cureton, Richard D.: 578

Brömser, Bernd: 65

Czepluch, Hartmut: 86

Burston, Jack L.: 643

Dahl, Östen: 87

Burzio, Luigi: 733, 796

Dasgupta, Probal: 88, 701

Byrne, Francis: 857

Davies, Eirlys E.: 588 Davies, William D.: 89, 770, 771

Campos, Hector: 686, 813, 858

Davison, Alice: 90, 91, 702, 703

Carden, Guy: 65

De Carrico, Jeanette Speer: 92

Cardinaletti, Anna: 670

De Jong, Daan: 440

Carroll, Susanne: 618, 619

De Roeck, Anne: 93

Caskey, Alexander F.: 859

Declerck, Renaat: 94-98, 610

Chang, Lisa Lai Shen: 595

Delahunty, Gerald P.: 99, 467

Chiang, Wen-yu: 598

Demonte, Violeta: 100

Chomsky, Noam: 67-71

Desclès, Jean-Pierre: 101

Christensen, Kirsti Koch: 832

Deutsch, Werner: 536

Chukerman, Amy: 452

Di Sciullo, Anne-Marie: 102

Chung, Sandra: 720, 860, 861, 862, 863

Diesing, Molly: 867

Cinque, Guglielmo: 72, 73, 74, 734

Dieterich, Thomas G.: 103

Clark, Robin: 464

Dijkhoff, Marta B.: 895

Clements, George N.: 75

Dik, Simon C.: 104, 105

Clyne, Michael: 12

Dirven, René: 106

Coetzee, John M.: 574

Dixon, Robert M. W.: 107

Cole, Peter: 77, 78, 465, 498, 510, 767

Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen: 797

Comrie, Bernard: 511, 700, 789

Dowty, David R.: 560

Connolly, Leo A.: 671

Drijkoningen, Frank: 644

Contreras, Heles: 79, 812

Dryer, Matthew S.: 108, 109

Cook, Eung-Do: 768

Dubinsky, Stanley: 742, 868

Cooper, Robin, 466

Dugas, André: 331

Coopmans, Peter: 512, 575, 617

Durie, Mark: 869, 870

Corbett, Greville G.: 80, 864

Dyla, Stefan: 788

Cornish, Francis: 576 Costello, John R.: 499

Eckman, Fred R.: 620

Cowper, Elizabeth A.: 81

Emonds, Joseph E.: 110, 111, 112, 113

Craig, Colette: 769

Enç, Mürvet: 114

176

A U T H O R INDEX

Engdahl, Elisabet: 115, 116, 117, 830 Engelberg, Klaus-Jürgen: 118 Epstein, Samuel David: 119, 120 Erteschik-Shir, Nomi: 121 Evans, Roger: 561 Everett, Daniel L.: 772, 773

Gerdts, Donna B.: 768, 872 Gibson, Jeanne: 148 Gil, David: 149, 150 Giorgi, Alessandra: 151 Givön, Talmy: 3, 774 Goldsmith, John: 152, 873 Goodall, Grant: 153, 596

Faarland, Jan Terje: 500

Greaves, William S.: 40

Fabb, Nigel: 122

Greenberg, Gerald R.: 154, 807

Fagan, Sarah M. B.: 621

Grewendorf, Günther: 672

Falk, Yehuda N.: 123, 124, 125

Grimshaw, Jane: 155, 441, 552

Farkas, Donka F.: 126, 127, 713, 714

Groot, Casper de: 156, 462, 715

Farmer, Ann K.: 743, 744

Grosu, Alexander: 157-161, 200, 514,

Farrell, Patrick: 790

798

Fawcett, Robin P.: 170

Guentchéva, Zlatka: 101

Felix, Sascha W.: 128,537

Guéron, Jacqueline: 162, 163, 164, 165

Fiengo, Robert: 129, 130

Gunji, Takao: 746, 747

Fillmore, Charles: 131 Finer, Daniel L.: 132, 538

Haan, Ger de: 166

Fischer, Olga C. M.: 501

Haegeman, Liliane: 167, 611, 622, 682

Fisiak, Jacek: 502

Haider, Hubert: 168, 683

Fleischman, Suzanne: 579

Haig, J o h n H . : 748

Fodor, Janet Dean: 133, 134

Haïk, Isabelle: 468,874

Foley, William A.: 513

Haie, Ken: 169, 723, 744, 769

Fox, Barbara A.: 588

Halliday, Michael Alexander Kirkwood:

Frajzyngier, Zygmunt: 136

4, 170, 171

Frampton, John: 137

Halvorsen, Per-Kristian: 469

Franks, Steven: 138

Hammond, Michael: 515

Frazier, Lyn: 139

Hannay, Michael: 623, 628

Friedin, Robert: 140

Harbert, Wayne: 172, 173

Fried, Vilém: 106

Harlow, Steve: 841

Fukui, Naoki: 745

Harris, Alice C : 174, 875 Harris, Zellig S.: 175, 562

Gair, James W.: 704

Hasegawa, Nobuko: 176, 177, 749, 750

Gazdar, Gerald: 2, 141, 142, 143, 144,

Haspelmeth, Martin: 442

346

Hawkins, John A.: 178, 179, 516-520

Gebreurs, Rudi: 564

Hawkins, Roger: 180, 181

Geest, Wim de: 144

Heath, Jeffrey:

Gelderen, Elly van: 146, 147

Hellan, Lars: 831,832

Georgopoulous, Carol: 871

Henderson, T. S. T.: 182

876,877

A U T H O R INDEX

Hendrick, Randall: 183, 184, 185, 842, 878

177

Jackendoff, Ray: 430, 476, 477 Jacobson, Pauline: 227, 228

Hendrikse, A. P.: 470

Jaeggli, Osvaldo A.: 229, 230, 231

Hengeveld, Kees: 186, 597, 814

Jaworska, Ewa: 232, 787

Heny, Frank: 187, 188

Jayaseelan, Karattuperambil A.: 233

Hermon, Gabriella: 78, 767, 775

Jelinek, Eloise: 234

Herschensohn, Julia: 645, 646

Johnson, David E.: 7

Hewson, John: 815

Johnson, Kyle: 32, 235

Higginbotham, James: 130, 189, 471,

Johnson, Mark: 673

472

Jones, Charles: 503

Hildebrand, Joyce: 539

Jones, Michael Allen: 236, 237

Hirschbühler, Paul: 799, 800

Jongman, Allard: 238

Hoeksema, Jack: 311

Jordens, Peter: 542

Hoekstra, Eric: 478, 879

Joseph, Brian: 239, 504, 688

Hoekstra, Teun: 190, 191, 192, 521, 608

Junger, Judith: 694

Hoh, Pau-San: 598

Kac, Michael B.: 240,282

Hoji, Hajime: 759

Kachru, Yamuna: 705

Holisky, Dee Ann: 880

Kageyama, Taro: 761

Hopper, Paul J.: 193

Kaisse, Ellen: 445, 446

Horn, George M.: 5, 48, 194, 195, 196

Kakouriotis, A.: 689

Hornstein, Norbert: 197, 198, 199, 474,

Kanerva, Jonni M.: 855, 881

475 Horrocks, Geoffrey: 6, 687

Kang, Boem-Mo: 241 Karttunen, Lauri: 560

Horvath, Julia: 200, 798

Kay, Paul: 131

Huang, C.-T. James: 201, 599, 600

Kaye, Jonathan D.: 657

Huang, Chu-Ren: 601

Kayne, Richard S.: 242-246, 649

Huck, Geoffrey J.: 202, 203

Keenan, Edward L.: 464

Hudson, Richard: 204, 205, 206, 207,

Kefer, Michel: 447

443

Kemenade, Ans van: 624

Hukari, Thomas E.: 208, 209

Kempson, Ruth M.: 478

Hulk, Aafke: 648

Keyser, Samuel J.: 625

Hulst, Harry van der: 192

Kihm, Alain: 882

Hyams, Nina: 540

King, Margaret: 563 King, Phyllis: 883

Iida, Masayo: 581

Kiss, Katalin: 247, 717, 718, 751

Ingram, David: 541

Kitagawa, Chisato: 752

Inkelas, Sharon: 444

Klaiman, Miriam H.: 706

Ishihara, Roberta: 210, 211

Klavans, Judith L.: 448

Iwakura, Kunihiro: 216-226

Klein, Ewan: 142, 248 Klein-Andreu, Flora: 582

178

A U T H O R INDEX

Knowles, John: 249, 250, 816

Lust, Barbara: 544, 545

Koopman, Hilda: 251, 252, 884, 885, 886

McA'Nulty, Judith: 331

Kornai, Andrås: 253

McCawley, James D.: 277, 483, 484

Kornet, R.: 545

McCloskey, James: 278, 720-724

Kossuth, Karen C.: 505

McConwell, Patrick: 892

Koster, Charlotte: 536

McDaniel, Dana: 279

Koster, Jan: 254, 255, 256, 289, 536

McElree, Brian: 41

Koutsoudas, Andreas: 257

Mackenzie, J. Lachlan: 462, 628

Kučanda, Dubravko: 887

Mainville, Sylvie: 373

Kuno, Susumu: 258

Makino, Seiichi: 754

Kuroda, Sige-Yuki: 753

Maling, Joan: 430, 833, 834, 837 Mallen, Enrique: 280

Lamiroy, Béatrice: 564, 650

Malone, Joseph L.: 725

Langacker, Ronald W.: 259, 260

Manaster-Ramer, Alexis: 281, 282

Langendoen, D. Terence: 607

Manning, Alan D.: 283

Lappin, Shalom: 479, 480

Manzini, Maria Rita: 284, 546

Larsen, Thomas W.: 776

Maråcz, Låszlo K.: 522

Larson, Richard K.: 261, 262, 263, 481

Marantz, Alec P.: 285, 547

Lasnik, Howard: 8, 140, 264, 265, 266,

Marcus, Mitchell P.: 565

267

Marks, Mitchell: 452

Lebeaux, David: 268

Martin, James R.: 171

Leek, Fredrike C. van der: 501

Massam, Diane: 286

Lefebvre, Claire: 269, 891

Matthews, Peter Hugoe: 9

Legendre, Géraldine: 651, 652, 653

Maxwell, Michael: 287

Leko, Nedzad: 888

May, Robert: 164, 256, 288, 289, 472,

Levin, Beth: 449, 889 Levine, Robert D.: 209, 270, 271, 272, 273 Levinson, Stephen C : 482

485,486 Mchombo, Sam A.: 290, 848, 893 Meij, Sjaak de: 18 Mel'cuk, Igor' A.: 291

Li, Yafei: 274

Mester, Armin: 441

Li, Yen-Hui Audrey: 460, 591

Miller, James E.: 487

Lightfoot, David: 198, 543

Mithun, Marianne: 450

Lloret, Maria-Rosa: 868

Mittwoch, Anita: 583

Longobardi, Giuseppe: 275

Miyagawa, Shigeru: 755, 756

Loveland, Kathleen: 545

Miyara, Shinsho: 292, 757

Luelsdorff, Philip A.: 276

Modini, Paul: 293

Lujân, Marta: 817, 818

Mohanan, Karnvannur Puthanveettil:

Lumsden, John S.: 890, 891 Lundy, Robert: 626

294, 295, 296, 297 Moortgat, Michael: 192

A U T H O R INDEX

Moravcsik, Edith A.: 10, 515

Owens, Jonathan: 329, 330, 590

Morin, Yves-Charles: 654, 655, 656, 657

Owolabi, Kola: 903

179

Morley, G. D.: 298 Moshi, Lioba: 856

Paillet, Jean-Pierre: 331

Moulton, Janice: 548

Palmer, Frank Robert: 332

Moutaouahil, Ahmed: 589

Pandit, Ira: 707

Mtanji, Al D.: 290

Panevova, Jarmila: 378

Mufwene, Salikoko: 894, 895

Parker, Frank: 524

Mulder, Jean: 777

Payne, Thomas E.: 904

Mulder, René: 191, 896

Pearce, Elizabeth: 658

Munsat, Stanley: 299

Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey: 333

Muysken, Pieter: 102, 269, 300, 301,

Penelope, Julia: 334

522 Myhill, John: 897

Perlmutter, David M.: 335, 336, 738 Pesetsky, David: 337, 451 Peters, Stanley: 406

Na, Younglee: 202

Peterson, Peter G.: 338

Nakajima, Heizo: 302-306

Philippaki-Warburton, Irene: 690

Nakayama, Mineharu: 535

Phillips, John D.: 566

Nanni, Deborah L.: 307

Picallo, M. Carme: 802, 803

Napoli, Donna Jo: 103, 308, 309, 310,

Pike, Kenneth L.: 11

311, 488, 489, 735, 736, 737

Pillinger, O. S.: 905

Naro, Anthony J.: 506

Pinkham, Jessie: 339

Neijt, Anneke: 312

Pizzini, Quentin A.: 791, 819

Nerbonne, John: 674, 675

Plank, Frans: 340, 507

Nespor, Marina: 737

Plann, Susan: 341, 820, 821

Newman, Paul: 868

Platzack, Christer: 835, 836

Nichols, Johanna: 313

Pollard, Carl: 12

Nishigauchi, Taisuke: 314

Pollock, Jean Yves: 165, 342

Nylander, Dudley K.: 898, 899, 900

Porter, Stanley E.: 691 Poser, William J.: 758

Obenauer, Hans-Georg: 165, 315

Postal, Paul M.: 7, 343, 659, 660, 726

O'Connor, Mary Catherine: 131

Prideaux, Gary D.: 344

Oehrle, Richard T.: 316,317,490

Prinzhorn, Martin: 683

Ogle, Richard: 318

Pritchett, Bradley L.: 567

O'Grady, William D.: 319-323, 491, 901

Pullum, Geoffrey K.: 35, 142, 143, 144,

Ohkado, Masayuki: 324, 523

228, 253, 345, 346, 458

Oirsouw, Robert R. van: 325, 326

Putseys, Yvan: 144

Ojeda, Almerindo: 127, 203, 327

Pye, Clifton: 549

Olsen, Susan: 328 Ortiz de Urbina, Jon: 902

Ouicoli, Antonio Carlos: 661, 662, 663,

180

A U T H O R INDEX

664, 792

Sadler, Louisa: 843 Sadock, Jerrold M.: 363, 714, 781

Radford, Andrew: 13, 14, 550

Saeed, John Ibrahim: 907

Radzinski, Daniel: 602

Safir, Kenneth J.: 231, 364-368

Ransom, Evelyn N.: 347

Sag, Ivan A.: 12, 144, 248, 369, 370

Raposo, Eduardo: 148, 793, 794, 804

Saito, Mamoru: 267, 759

Rappaport, Gilbert C.: 808, 809

Saksena, Anuradha: 371, 709, 710, 711

Rappaport, Malka: 449

Salkoff, Morris: 372

Reesink, Ger P.: 906

Sam-Colop, Luis-Enrique: 771

Reinhart, Tanya: 348, 349, 492

Samar, Vincent J.: 529

Reuland, Eric: 350

Sankoff, David: 373

Reyle, Uwe: 568

Sasse, Hans-Jürgen: 374

Richards, Barry: 188

Schachter, Paul: 375, 376

Richardson, John F.: 452

Schmerling, Susan F.: 493

Riddle, Elizabeth: 351

Schroten, Jan: 525, 824, 825

Riemsdijk, Henk van: 15, 301, 352, 682

Schupbach, Richard D.: 810

Rigter, Bob: 629

Schwartz, Arthur: 896

Rindler-Schjerve, Rositta: 168

Seiter, William J.: 863

Ritter, Elizabeth: 695

Seki, Shigeki: 98

Rivero, Marfa-Luisa: 508, 799, 800,

Selkirk, Elisabeth O.: 454, 455

805, 822, 823

Sells, Peter: 16, 377, 585, 724

Riviere, Claude: 353

Seppänen, Aimo: 630

Rizzi, Luigi: 354, 731, 732, 739, 740

Seuren, Pieter A. M.: 908

Roberge, Yves: 355

Sgall, Petr: 378

Roberts, Ian: 32

Shaumyan, Sebastian: 101

Roberts, John R.: 356

Sheintuch, Gloria: 351, 379

Robinson, George M.: 548

Shibatani, Masayoshi: 380, 526, 760,

Rochemont, Michael S.: 83, 357, 577, 584

761 Shieber, Stuart M.: 381, 382

Roeper, Thomas: 358, 551, 625

Shin, Soo-Song: 676

Rohrer, Christian: 568

Shlonsky, Ur: 696, 697, 698

Romaine, Suzanne: 509

Siewierska, Anna: 383

Romero-Figueroa, Andres: 778

Simpson, Jane: 909

Rooryck, Johan: 359, 665

Singh, Rajendra: 102, 384

Rosen, Carol: 89, 336, 708, 779

Smaby, Richard: 385

Rosen, Sara Thomas: 360, 552

Smith, Lawrence R.: 782, 783

Rouveret, Alain: 666

Sobin, Nicholas: 386, 387, 631

Rude, Noel: 780

Solan, Lawrence: 553

Rudenko, Juhani: 361

Somers, Harold L.: 388

Rudin, Catherine: 362

Sornicola, Roseanna: 389

A U T H O R INDEX

Sparck Jones, Karen: 569

Van der Auwera, Johan: 407

Speas, Margaret J.: 390

Van Valin, Robert D., Jr.: 408, 409,

Sportiche, Dominique: 27, 252, 667,

513, 528 Vergnaud, Jean-Roger: 666 Verheijen, Ron: 410 Vietri, Simonetta: 741 Vitale, Anthony J.: 912

668, 885, 886 Sproat, Richard: 844 Starosta, Stanley: 391 Stavrou, Malita: 687

181

Steedman, Mark: 392, 393, 394, 570 Steele, Susan: 395, 396

Wali, Kashi: 704,708

Stein, Dieter: 632

Warner, Anthony R.: 411, 412

Stenson, Nancy: 727

Webelhuth, Gert: 680

Stephens, Janig: 853

Wechsler, Stephen: 581

Stowell, Tim: 397,728

Weerman, Fred: 684

Stroik, Thomas: 398

Weinberg, Amy S.: 199, 531, 559

Stump, Gregory T.: 910

Weist, Richard M.: 555

Stuurman, Frits J.: 399

Wekker, Herman: 622

Suner, Margarita: 400, 826, 827, 828

Westergaard, Marit R.: 495

Sung, Li-May: 78

Wexler, Kenneth: 546, 556

Szabolcsi, Anna: 719

Wheeler, Deidre: 490 Whitney, Rosemarie: 413

Takahashi, Kunitoshi: 401

Wiese, Bernd: 414

Takami, Ken-ichi: 402, 494

Wilkins, Wendy: 84, 85, 415, 416, 417

Takano, Yasukuni: 762, 763

Wilks, Yorick: 569

Tallerman, Maggie: 845, 846

Williams, Edwin S.: 15, 352, 418-427,

Tanaka, Shichiro: 403, 404

551

Tang, Chih-Chen Jane: 603, 604

Wilt, Koos van der: 612, 685

Tavakolian, Susan: 554

Winford, Donald: 428,913

Thompson, Henry S.: 566

Wirth, Jessica R.: 10, 515, 586

Thompson, Sandra A.: 193

Wolff, Roland A.: 681

Thrâinsson, H.: 837

Woodbury, Anthony C : 313

Toman, Jindrich: 677, 678

Woolford, Ellen: 785

Tomlin, Russell S.: 527

Wouk, Fay: 914

Torrego, Esther: 829

Wurff, Wim van der: 712

Trask, R. L.: 911 Tsujimura, Natsuko: 405, 744

Xu, Liejiong: 429, 605, 606, 607 Xu, Yonghui: 594

Uriagereka, Juan: 8, 794 Uszkoreit, Hans: 406, 679

Yip, Moira: 430

Van den Heuval, Theo: 557

Zaenen, Annie: 431, 834, 837

182 Zagona, Karen: 432, 433, 812 Zec, Draga: 444, 581 Ziv, Yael: 699 Zohrab, P. D.: 434

AUTHOR INDEX

Zribi-Hertz, Anne: 587 Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa: 435, 456, 795 Zwicky, Arnold M.: 436, 437, 457, 458, 560, 633

Topic Index

Numbers given are entry numbers. a: 630 absolutives: 135, 210, 401, 814 adjectives: 72, 79, 100, 149, 307, 321, 324, 353, 449, 836, 864, 888 adjunction: 146, 451, 486, 644, 649, 729, 862 adjuncts: 42, 712, 756, 809 adverbs: 233, 261, 304, 306, 321, 342, 474, 487, 494 agreement, subject-verb: 53, 127, 342, 515, 642, 700, 704, 710, 711, 738, 764, 770, 771, 784, 792, 842, 853, 870, 902 anaphora: 26, 52, 53, 60, 66, 69, 88, 92, 114, 115, 130, 151, 155, 165, 166, 169, 176, 212, 221, 258, 264, 268, 294, 296, 302, 308, 309, 322, 345, 348, 349, 414, 419, 434, 468, 471, 478, 480, 482, 492, 494, 495, 536, 544, 545, 554, 573, 576, 580, 587, 591, 593, 594, 685, 715, 743, 744, 804, 831, 833, 842, 878, 901 as: 112 asymmetry, subject-object: 465, 522 autonomy of syntax: 254, 255, 259 auxiliary verbs: 22, 57, 188, 437, 505 Celtic: 878 English: 124, 144, 188, 214, 433, 446, 615, 629 German: 168, 673, 679 Italian: 168 Spanish: 433 Yoruba: 847

be: 124,437,629 begin -class verbs: 650 binding: 8, 14, 15, 25, 26, 45, 48, 53, 60, 67, 68, 69, 72, 88, 114, 120, 132, 165, 172, 183, 187, 208, 212, 245, 255, 264, 268, 274, 276, 284, 288, 289, 295, 297, 302, 303, 305, 365, 366, 377, 388, 403, 419, 421, 431, 460, 471, 479, 482, 486, 490, 544, 546, 551, 552, 587, 593, 612, 618, 649, 663, 664, 665, 697, 703, 707, 717, 758, 775, 804, 808, 809, 812, 831, 843, 874, 878, 901 bootstrapping: 549, 555 c-command: 100, 185, 209, 275, 289, 295, 349, 492, 536, 704, 901 case: 3, 15, 19, 23, 39, 43, 44, 45, 49, 69, 86, 107, 119, 138, 165, 192, 199, 213, 217, 222, 234, 245, 261, 269, 295, 298, 300, 303, 304, 320, 324, 377, 403, 405, 417, 420, 430, 434, 503, 513, 522, 550, 596, 611, 624, 642, 671, 675, 677, 702, 704, 709, 710, 718, 738, 743, 756, 758, 760, 772, 775, 792, 794, 806, 810, 836, 837, 841, 844, 851, 855, 865, 872, 875, 879, 880, 902, 911 Case Filter: 119,232,236 case theory: 15, 86, 199, 217, 222, 734, 793, 836 causatives: 43, 105, 153, 167, 371, 438, 456, 645, 648, 658, 659, 660, 662, 664, 666, 689, 733, 755, 756, 796, 811, 868

184

TOPIC INDEX

center embedding: 93 chains: 63, 120, 137, 165, 247, 300, 311, 367, 423, 649, 698, 724, 900 chomeur: 148 clause union: 1, 148, 682 clefts: 65, 94, 96, 98, 249, 389, 467, 483, 599, 890, 891, 907 climb: 476 clitics: 44, 46, 168, 280, 355, 363, 436, 445, 446, 448, 452, 624, 635, 639, 643, 647, 648, 656, 661, 662, 663, 664, 666, 669, 692, 696, 732, 733, 736, 772, 773, 775, 787, 788, 789, 791, 797, 801, 805, 815, 817, 819, 827, 858, 881 code-mixing: 102, 384 code-switching: 76, 373, 588, 878 coindexing: 45, 122, 309, 367, 703 COMP: 47, 140, 173, 200, 251, 279, 302, 575, 631, 665, 669, 670, 677, 729, 793, 799, 850, 867, 894 comparatives: 103, 339, 341, 488, 737, 816 complementation: 61, 145, 190, 196, 347, 353, 650, 735, 767, 782, 792 configurationality: 18, 149, 169, 234, 284, 294, 295, 390, 522, 677, 680, 716, 717, 833, 860, 877 connectedness: 117, 165, 242, 243, 275 constituent structure: 4, 61, 205, 277, 386, 668, 679, 872 context-freeness: 240, 281, 327, 333, 346, 373, 381, 382, 559, 569, 602, 609, 866 control: 44, 53, 61, 84, 126, 127, 177, 212, 251, 255, 284, 294, 295, 314, 403, 404, 421, 424, 425, 477, 482, 491, 544, 606, 650, 724, 859, 879, 909 cooccurrence restrictions: 20, 505 coordination: 9, 127, 141, 153, 161, 205, 240, 325, 326, 338, 370, 376, 393, 394,

411, 571, 626, 788, 834 Coordinate Structure Constraint: 376 coreference: 130, 140, 163, 252, 295, 348, 472, 479, 492, 717, 759 crossover: 252, 480, 707, 744, 759 d-structure: 254, 426, 696 dative: 86, 109, 180, 236, 316, 317, 385, 413, 639, 640, 666, 770, 806, 893 deletion: 33, 218, 233, 262, 286, 308, 310, 325, 326, 504, 571, 614, 786, 799, 825, 861 derived intransitive: 319, 470 determiners: 110, 128, 503, 550, 604, 695 discontinuous dependencies: 169, 203, 277, 300, 386, 490, 601, 806 dislocation: 154, 637, 822 disjoint reference: 130, 140, 295, 311 do: 505,615,632 dominance: 153, 327, 381, 448 easy to please constructions: 307 echo questions: 121, 631 empty categories: 8, 41, 49, 52, 63, 64, 67, 71, 100, 110, 117, 146, 147, 176, 201, 216, 227, 229, 234, 235, 242, 243, 244, 251, 256, 267, 290, 305, 314, 315, 354, 387, 404, 429, 465, 568, 482, 551, 576, 606, 607, 634, 665, 670, 672, 690, 696, 727, 745, 649, 775, 785, 790, 795, 801, 809, 821, 843, 860, 899, 900 See also 'null categories'. Empty Category Principle: 100, 216, 235, 242, 244, 251, 267, 354, 387, 404, 465, 551, 696, 745, 775, 795, 843, 899, 900 ergative: 1, 72, 105, 107, 156, 167, 293, 408, 430, 549, 621, 625, 651, 672, 705, 733, 756, 776, 777, 824, 863, 876, 880,

TOPIC INDEX 889, 892, 902, 904 estar. 814, 818, 828 extraction: 78, 100, 117, 121, 202, 354, 357, 393, 539, 687, 697, 745, 788, 795, 798, 827, 873, 885 extraposition: 83, 99, 147, 162, 164, 202, 292, 424, 486, 651, 667 feature percolation: 81, 411 fdters: 81, 119, 129, 187, 199, 213, 214, 215, 218, 223, 232, 236, 245, 265, 283, 343, 525, 645, 755 focus: 3, 18, 105, 121, 161, 202, 273, 385, 454, 462, 467, 577, 584, 598, 628, 701, 713, 716, 718, 751, 857, 902, 903, 907, 914 Foot Feature Principle: 209 for. 218,287,353,619 Freezing Principle: 82, 215 functional structure: 61, 194, 294, 469, 825 gapping: 206, 312, 359, 379, 386, 394, 626 garden path sentences: 565, 567 gerunds: 235, 350, 814 get: 167 go: 207 governing category: 60, 529 government: 27, 61, 67, 68, 88, 102, 216-220, 235, 376, 305, 364, 432, 685, 697, 721, 860 grammatical relations: 43, 51, 62, 179, 190, 192, 205, 206, 285, 336, 340, 408, 417, 420, 479, 507, 547, 684, 700, 837, 872, 901 haber. 828 have: 37, 124, 437

185

Head Feature Convention: 412 heavy NP shift: 292, 413 hope: 36, 54 idioms: 58, 131, 601 //"-clauses: 402, 622 indexing: 229, 309, 367, 424 indirect speech: 572 infinitives: 51, 177, 220, 246, 256, 278, 437, 610, 612, 619, 658, 659, 660, 739, 793, 803, 807, 821, 840, 895, 905 INFL: 45, 47, 128, 224, 355, 400, 523, 592, 668, 695, 698, 719, 793, 811, 843, 867, 874 intransitivity: 136, 174, 236, 319, 401, 409, 470, 555, 621, 625, 770, 828, 869, 880 inversion: 273, 318, 355, 364, 575, 638, 649, 652, 698, 708, 829, 855 islands: 74, 134, 140, 158, 159, 337, 357, 514, 739, 767, 786 it: 98, 99, 146, 147, 389, 398 landing sites: 34 learnability: 82, 85, 265, 508, 546, 556, 685 let alone: 131 lexical rules: 12, 62, 633 lexicalist hypothesis: 761 liaison: 440, 448, 657 like: 497 logical form: 15, 28, 48, 77, 129, 138, 164, 165, 187, 197, 254, 288, 289, 300, 424, 426, 451, 463, 471, 478, 480, 485, 456, 496, 591, 592, 599, 605, 666, 745, 797,800 logophoricity: 585, 833, 886 markedness: 73, 91, 184, 517, 554, 639

186

TOPIC INDEX

metarules: 2, 406, 633 modals: 124, 188, 332, 353, 803 modifiers: 50, 95, 161, 178, 261, 321, 823 modular theory: 8, 27, 68, 70, 230, 390, 403, 538, 546, 743, 761, 775 'move a': 34, 58, 223, 225, 254, 269, 290, 759, 858 naze: 745 ne(Ital.): 732 noun incorporation: 360, 363, 438, 450, 453, 706, 781, 897 nouns: 95, 157, 278, 328, 347, 360, 363, 405, 438, 450, 453, 590, 688, 706, 761, 781, 821, 897 NP: 3, 21, 24, 45, 49, 51, 52, 79, 83, 92, 112, 127, 128, 130, 176,181, 183, 189, 194, 196, 202, 220, 223, 232, 261, 266, 280, 292, 295, 317, 328, 349, 350, 351, 352, 361, 367, 371, 398, 403, 404, 411, 413, 421, 422, 423, 425, 427, 430, 432, 480, 482, 486, 491, 494, 495, 498, 535, 576, 601, 604, 646, 671, 676, 687, 695, 697, 705, 707, 719, 722, 725, 728, 731, 741, 742, 773, 787, 788, 794, 806, 809, 821, 836, 841, 845, 859, 865, 888, 910, 914 NP Accessibility Hierarchy: 135, 688, 845, 859 NP-ing: 220,350 NP-structure: 352, 403, 404 null categories: 33, 77, 138, 166, 169, 221, 231, 308, 355, 432, 510, 530, 540, 544, 697, 698, 703, 721, 723, 727, 735, 739, 740, 749, 790, 792, 801, 802, 826, 835, 850 See also 'empty categories'. null subject parameter: 739, 802, 826,

835 object sharing: 31 objects: 31, 39, 109, 112, 143, 174, 180, 196, 232, 236, 263, 266, 286, 340, 347, 379, 398, 401, 441, 497, 504, 510, 522, 527, 601, 611, 616, 640, 643, 652, 689, 700, 710, 722, 724, 740, 742, 767, 790, 798, 801, 850, 851, 852, 854, 856, 905, 909 cognate: 236, 286 direct: 109, 174, 196, 379, 441, 616, 652, 742, 852 double: 263,611 indirect: 109, 180, 640, 652, 851, 852 of a preposition: 112, 266, 401, 722, 724 one: 328, 630 paracer. 191 parameters: 68, 78, 160, 168, 169, 173, 201, 231, 234, 246, 276, 342, 357, 390, 400, 409, 448, 507, 538, 540, 546, 551, 590, 596, 634, 658, 667, 687, 690, 692, 729, 739, 753, 797, 802, 805, 826, 835, 894, 902 parasitic gaps: 67, 71, 116, 117, 137, 209, 242, 247, 252, 303, 369, 392, 608, 612 parentheticals: 250, 277, 788 parsing: 133, 134, 381, 390, 519, 531, 548, 559, 560, 563, 565-569 passive: 1, 29, 32, 41, 56, 90, 101, 108, 136, 155, 167, 194, 195, 230, 238, 257, 260, 266, 323, 351, 379, 380, 383, 417, 438, 439, 442, 449, 526, 528, 574, 616, 633, 644, 651, 675, 686, 702, 708, 715, 756, 771, 774, 779, 813, 837, 849, 863, 870, 887, 893, 911 Path Containment Condition: 297, 900

TOPIC INDEX paths: 219, 243, 297, 303, 304, 900 phrase structure: 2, 6, 12, 13, 16, 42, 47, 52, 123, 134, 141, 169, 178, 253, 282, 291, 306, 390, 399, 430, 600, 717, 727, 743, 819 pied piping: 81, 160, 211 possessive: 104, 151, 181, 601, 719, 864, 881 PP: 112, 162, 232, 273, 491, 667, 737, 787 predicates: 52, 53, 89, 94, 96, 100, 104, 105, 112, 167, 183, 186, 191, 198, 268, 300, 309, 320, 321, 374, 388, 389, 401, 417, 422, 424, 489, 628, 629, 650, 651, 652, 694, 715, 725, 758, 770, 803, 812, 862, 891, 908 preposition stranding: 199, 210, 246, 270, 539 prepositions: 20, 199, 210, 233, 246, 262, 270, 487, 539, 613, 619, 628, 662, 666, 737, 783, 787, 840 presentationals: 646, 828 PRO: 84, 198, 212, 314, 361, 593, 749, 861 pro: 425,670,698 pro-drop parameter: 532, 634, 642, 669, 690 processing: 82, 91, 139, 344, 514, 519, 567,568 Projection Principle: 31, 84, 234, 361, 728,800 pronouns: 114, 115, 117, 122, 140, 151, 182, 183, 189, 201, 258, 280, 302, 348, 366, 377, 414, 471, 479, 480, 543, 544, 573, 580, 583, 587, 591, 603, 618, 624, 648, 670, 693, 703, 707, 732, 749, 791, 804, 808, 819, 825, 854, 881, 886 Propositional Island Condition: 140 pseudocleft: 36, 215, 249, 361, 628 pseudopassive: 351

187

quantifiers: 44, 295, 322, 426, 451, 460, 464, 465, 466, 472, 475, 480, 485, 486, 491, 668, 748, 762, 763, 797, 801, 806, 872 que (Fr.): 635 questions: 56, 57, 81, 121, 184, 250, 299, 308, 342, 362, 472, 522, 535, 599, 602, 605, 631, 800, 830, 842, 890, 907 See also 'wh-movement'. raising: 37, 41, 44, 82, 196, 269, 272, 438, 504, 610, 650, 653, 668, 682, 689, 722, 726, 728, 767, 798, 824, 863, 905, 908 Raising Constraint: 82 rather. 103 reanalysis: 100, 199, 218, 270, 272, 316, 497, 540, 863 See also 'restructuring'. reciprocals: 380, 439, 554, 730 recursive rules: 2, 55, 56, 57, 58, 118 reflexivization: 1, 44, 78, 101, 115, 168, 208, 241, 258, 295, 296, 376, 380, 410, 417, 536, 576, 587, 592, 594, 603, 618, 685, 746, 772, 788, 808, 833, 834, 879, 889 relative clauses: 3, 56, 73, 77, 81, 95, 122, 135, 160, 173, 183, 200, 211, 239, 249, 262, 293, 333, 344, 366, 400, 407, 483, 508, 576, 614, 628, 665, 687, 688, 693, 741, 752, 799, 816, 820, 845, 863, 879, 883, 907 respectively: 240 restructuring: 153, 197, 645, 733, 736, 739, 796, 803, 824 See also 'reanalysis'. resumptive pronouns: 117, 366, 377, 693, 703 right-wrap: 292

188

TOPIC INDEX

root clauses: 152, 283, 318, 701 S: 21, 56, 135, 266, 342, 357, 422, 687, 695, 719 S': 146, 224, 279, 350, 398, 687, 696, 858 s-structure: 83, 362, 598, 6%, 850 scope: 121, 188, 275, 279, 295, 427, 460, 465, 481, 485, 629, 682, 717 se (Heb.): 696 sein: 168 semantic interpretation: 2, 12, 59, 64, 69, 183, 197, 239, 308, 348, 349, 393, 460, 461, 464, 465, 468, 469, 471, 472, 482, 486, 487, 491, 492, 496, 497, 513, 542, 547, 549, 555, 629, 632, 650, 694, 736, 747, 763, 818, 828, 830 ser. 814,818,828 serial verbs: 31, 899, 900 slash categories: 209, 633 small clauses: 79, 167, 418, 423, 427, 521, 613, 720, 794 Specified Subject Condition: 140, 424, 565, 662, 666, 789 specifiers: 50,280,384,425,697 string-vacuous rule application: 75 structure preservation: 17, 51 subcategorization: 12, 21, 161, 173, 185, 207, 273, 287, 400, 476, 497, 722, 758, 800 subjacency: 67, 166, 210, 279, 357, 667, 898 subjects: 43, 45, 53, 99, 105, 117, 125, 135, 138, 174, 196, 231, 232, 251, 256, 266, 269, 300, 302, 312, 319, 337, 347, 355, 361, 389, 395, 397, 408, 418, 425, 489, 497, 498, 522, 527, 530, 532, 540, 555, 606, 629, 637, 638, 646, 652, 666, 672, 689, 695, 696, 698, 700, 705, 710, 722, 723, 726, 727, 728, 738, 739, 751,

767, 777, 792, 793, 794, 795, 801, 802, 807, 825, 826, 828, 829, 835, 853, 854, 862, 867, 869, 870, 879, 880, 887, 904, 905,909 switch reference: 132, 906 syntactic categories: 42, 113, 188, 376, 496 T-model: 197 tag questions: 250 tagmemics: 10, 11, 499 temporal order: 205 tense: 44, 172, 283, 342, 432, 474, 511, 525, 579, 691, 705, 741, 753, 882 that-t: 245,343,354,387 thematic structure: 368, 534 there: 39,59,427,623 0-roles: 119, 236, 266, 286, 309, 419, 421, 491, 596, 648, 724, 731, 848, 851 e-theory: 15, 31, 113, 419, 489, 641, 648, 731, 734 topic: 3, 18, 91, 357, 462, 607, 636, 705, 718, 751, 752, 854, 879, 906, 907 topicalization: 51, 154, 163, 334, 574, 822, 853, 907 tough movement: 237, 270, 272, 379 trace theory: 10, 177, 226, 343, 345, 796, 817 transformations: 2, 5, 7, 9, 13, 14, 42, 51, 118, 265, 288, 353, 415, 531, 556, 747, 819, 861, 873 transitivity: 190, 193, 240, 401, 522, 555, 625, 914 See also 'intransitivity'. Transparency Principle: 509 unaccusative: 39, 174, 238, 405, 409,

TOPIC INDEX

672,868 unbounded dependencies: 56, 78, 141, 233, 241, 614, 757, 786, 861, 871, 873 Uniformity Principle: 686, 728 universal grammar: 85, 342, 390, 464, 510, 512, 513, 516, 518, 520, 528, 537, 538, 544, 551, 553, 596, 634, 753, 760, 770, 785, 842, 884, 894 valency: 388 variables: 67, 117, 189, 252, 348, 365, 413, 415, 428, 472, 479, 486, 510, 530, 703, 707, 749, 850, 871, 874, 886 verb incorporation: 274, 438 verbs: 20, 31, 39, 42, 72, 97, 124, 136, 156, 161, 191, 218, 274, 278, 310, 339, 342, 372, 379, 405, 433, 434, 438, 441, 491, 496, 497, 523, 527, 542, 555, 576, 600, 610, 613, 620, 621, 625, 642, 644, 650, 652, 655, 673, 674, 677, 679, 682, 683, 684, 691, 694, 700, 704, 706, 710, 711, 713, 723, 731, 733, 735, 738, 741, 742, 750, 755, 761, 769, 770, 771, 782, 783, 792, 800, 803, 814, 817, 824, 828, 829, 834, 847, 854, 862, 865, 867, 868, 870, 880, 884, 897, 899, 900, 907, 908 voici/voila: 642, 654, 655

189

VP: 31, 51, 56, 128, 177, 256, 278, 306, 310, 361, 432, 433, 468, 489, 673, 713, 728, 750, 838, 840, 843, 844, 862, 894 want-class verbs: 218, 287 werden: 675 wh-movement: 25, 69, 74, 81, 137, 184, 211, 226, 237, 251, 269, 295, 337, 352, 413, 466, 472, 599, 667, 676, 687, 716, 729, 786, 797, 799, 861, 865, 873, 885, 902 wh-phrases: 78, 121, 279, 299, 362, 389, 486, 598, 739 wh -trace: 140 word order: 3, 18, 105, 113, 123, 142, 169, 175, 178, 193, 257, 373, 447, 515, 518, 519, 520, 523, 524, 527, 560, 596, 671, 679, 716, 718, 762, 766, 772, 778, 828, 834, 843, 846, 879, 902 X-bar theory: 14, 21, 47, 50, 72, 111, 113, 178, 253, 397, 399, 455, 493, 512, 517, 595, 622, 657, 823, 888 zich: 685 ziji: 592,594,603

Language Index

Numbers given are entry numbers. 182, 188, 190, 199, 201, 208, 214, 216,

Abe: 886 Acehnese: 409, 869, 870 Amele: 356

229, 245, 246, 260, 262, 278, 280, 292,

Arabic: 231, 396, 462, 588, 589, 590

353, 359, 361, 364, 367, 384, 393, 396,

Bambara: 866

494, 501, 502, 503, 507, 540, 550, 551,

Basque: 902, 911

558, 562, 570, 574, 576, 577, 580, 587,

Beja: 171

613-633

308, 310, 316, 319, 328, 333, 342, 350, 411, 432, 433, 446, 455, 460, 467, 483,

Bella Coola: 768 Bengali: 701, 711

Finnish: 581, 881

Bete Ghadi: 884

Flemish: 611, 682

Breton: 842, 853, 878, 883, 910

French: 25, 26, 73, 145, 152, 165, 171, 182, 244, 245, 246, 315, 342, 355, 359,

Catalan: 799, 800, 802, 803 Chamorro: 231, 860, 861, 862

364, 367, 440, 576, 588, 634-668 Frisian: 683

Chichewa: 581, 848, 851, 854, 855, 893 Chinese: 25, 78, 145, 201, 231, 429, 460, 591-607 Choctaw: 768, 770 Cree: 768 Creoles: 31, 428, 849, 857, 859, 882, 890, 891, 894, 895, 899, 908, 913 Dutch: 76, 105, 139, 145, 147, 165, 190, 238, 255, 256, 281, 393, 462, 525, 536,

Gallegan: 858 Georgian: 174, 875, 880 German: 18, 76, 93, 165, 168, 179, 238, 279, 324, 327, 364, 382, 507, 542, 669681 Germanic: 199, 396, 500, 682, 683, 684, 685 Greek: 239, 504, 686-691 Greenlandic: 453, 781

542, 570, 608-612 Dyirbal: 876,889

Halkomelem: 768

English: 2, 4, 5, 24, 25, 26, 36, 73, 76,

Hausa: 874,891

Hanunoo: 182 78, 79, 93, 105, 122, 124, 138, 139, 145, 147, 149, 152, 153, 165, 171, 179,

Hebrew: 149, 239, 377, 530, 551, 692699, 775

LANGUAGE INDEX Hindi: 19, 371, 384, 700, 702-707, 709, 710, 711 Hungarian: 18, 247, 713-719

Nunggubuyu: 877

Icelandic: 75, 145, 241, 683, 685, 833, 834, 835, 837 Igbo: 152,873 Indonesian: 897 Inuttut: 165, 453, 768, 782, 783 Irish: 75, 142, 278, 377, 720-728, 878 Italian: 26, 38, 73, 89, 145, 151, 165, 168, 245, 275, 309, 355, 367, 409, 551, 729-741, 775

Palauan: 871, 874

Jacaltec: 473 Japanese: 241, 396, 405, 429, 441, 502, 581, 742-763 Kalkatungu: 852 Kikuyu: 874 KiNande: 850 Korean: 241, 429, 872, 901 Krio: 898,899,900 Kwa: 31,886 Kwakwala: 768 Lardil: 892 Latin: 142, 905 Luiseño: 395, 396, 784 Lummi: 396 Makua: 142 Malagasy: 142 Marathi: 708 Navaho: 390,785 Nez Perce: 780 Niuean: 863 Nilotic: 865 Norwegian: 117, 145, 683, 831

191

Oromo: 868

Palaung: 182 Pima: 768 Pirahā: 773 Pitta-Pitta: 852 Polish: 5, 555, 786, 787, 788 Portuguese: 367, 506, 789-795 Quechua: 89, 269, 300, 767, 768, 775 Quiché (K'iche'): 549, 771, 776 Romance: 74, 153, 197, 231, 243, 456, 658, 692, 796-805 Romanian: 200, 797, 798 Russian: 138, 806-810 Serbo-Croatian: 887, 888 Seri: 768 Slavonic: 864 Somali: 458,907 Spanish: 79, 100, 229, 280, 400, 432, 433, 508, 551, 800, 801, 805, 811-829 Swahili: 912 Swedish: 147, 241, 377, 683, 830, 832, 835, 836 Tagalog: 171, 879, 904, 914 Tamil: 89 Tiwa: 453,779 Tojolabal: 766 Tongan: 863 Tsova-Tush: 880 Tupi: 768 Tzotzil: 764,765,768 Urdu: 703,705

192 Vata: 884,885,891 Walpiri: 169, 234, 909 Warao: 778 Welsh: 142, 377, 838-846, 878

LANGUAGE INDEX

Yagua: 772 Yiddish: 867 Yoruba: 847, 903 Yup'ik: 904

Theoretical syntax, 1980-1990: an annotated and classified bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Pragmatics: An Annotated Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Adverbs and Comparatives: an Analytical Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Diglossia: a comprehensive bibliography, 1960-1990 : and supplements (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

A Derivational Syntax for Information Structure (Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Austronesian and Theoretical Linguistics

Syntax and Parsing (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics)

Classified

The Syntax of Sentential Stress (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

French Dislocation: Interpretation, Syntax, Acquisition (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

First Steps in Theoretical and Applied Linguistics

Workforce Reductions: An Annotated Bibliography

Executive Coaching: An Annotated Bibliography

Alaska History. An Annotated Bibliography

Aboriginal health: An annotated bibliography

Stress burnout: an annotated bibliography

British Sources of Information: A Subject Guide and Bibliography

Gender Equity in Education: An Annotated Bibliography

Theoretical Linguistics

The New Woman in Print and Pictures: An Annotated Bibliography

Adjectives and Adverbs: Syntax, Semantics, and Discourse (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Existence: Semantics and Syntax (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy)

Existence: Semantics and Syntax (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy)

Latin Syntax and Semantics (Romance Linguistics)

Information Sources in Patents (Guides to Information Sources)

Balkan Syntax and Semantics (Linguistics Today)

Sardinian Syntax (Romance Linguistics)

Text Information Retrieval Systems, Third Edition (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science)

Classified

Lexical Semantics, Syntax, and Event Structure (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Theoretical syntax, 1980-1990: an annotated and classified bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Pragmatics: An Annotated Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Adverbs and Comparatives: an Analytical Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Diglossia: a comprehensive bibliography, 1960-1990 : and supplements (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

A Derivational Syntax for Information Structure (Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Austronesian and Theoretical Linguistics

Syntax and Parsing (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics)

Classified

The Syntax of Sentential Stress (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

French Dislocation: Interpretation, Syntax, Acquisition (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

First Steps in Theoretical and Applied Linguistics

Workforce Reductions: An Annotated Bibliography

Executive Coaching: An Annotated Bibliography

Alaska History. An Annotated Bibliography

Aboriginal health: An annotated bibliography

Stress burnout: an annotated bibliography

British Sources of Information: A Subject Guide and Bibliography

Gender Equity in Education: An Annotated Bibliography

Theoretical Linguistics

The New Woman in Print and Pictures: An Annotated Bibliography

Adjectives and Adverbs: Syntax, Semantics, and Discourse (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Existence: Semantics and Syntax (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy)

Existence: Semantics and Syntax (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy)

Latin Syntax and Semantics (Romance Linguistics)

Information Sources in Patents (Guides to Information Sources)

Balkan Syntax and Semantics (Linguistics Today)

Sardinian Syntax (Romance Linguistics)

Text Information Retrieval Systems, Third Edition (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science)

Classified

Lexical Semantics, Syntax, and Event Structure (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Recommend Documents